Document:

Indenture

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

  
 MORRIS PUBLISHING GROUP, LLC 
  
 and

  
 MORRIS PUBLISHING FINANCE CO., 
  
 as Issuers, 
  
 THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO, 
  
 as Guarantors 
  
 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 
  

  
 INDENTURE 
  
 Dated as of August 7, 2003 
  

  
 Wachovia Bank, National Association, 
 as Trustee 
  

  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

					
	 Trust Indenture Act Section

	  	Indenture Section

	 310
	 	(a)(1)	  	7.10
	 	 	(a)(2)	  	7.10
	 	 	(a)(3)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(a)(4)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(a)(5)	  	7.10
	 	 	(b)	  	7.3, 7.8, 7.10
	 	 	(c)	  	N.A.
	 311
	 	(a)	  	7.11
	 	 	(b)	  	7.11
	 	 	(c)	  	N.A.
	 312
	 	(a)	  	2.5
	 	 	(b)	  	13.3
	 	 	(c)	  	13.3
	 313
	 	(a)	  	7.6
	 	 	(b)(1)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(b)(2)	  	7.6
	 	 	(c)	  	7.6, 13.2
	 314
	 	(a)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(b)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(c)(1)	  	13.4
	 	 	(c)(2)	  	13.4
	 	 	(c)(3)	  	13.4
	 	 	(d)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(e)	  	13.5
	 	 	(f)	  	N.A.
	 315
	 	(a)	  	7.2
	 	 	(b)	  	7.5, 13.2
	 	 	(c)	  	7.1
	 	 	(d)	  	7.1
	 	 	(e)	  	6.12
	 316
	 	(a)(last sentence)	  	2.9
	 	 	(a)(1)(A)	  	6.5
	 	 	(a)(1)(B)	  	6.4
	 	 	(a)(2)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(b)	  	6.7
	 	 	(c)	  	N.A.
	 317
	 	(a)(1)	  	6.8
	 	 	(a)(2)	  	6.10
	 	 	(b)	  	2.4
	 318
	 	(a)	  	13.1
	 	 	(b)	  	N.A.
	 	 	(c)	  	13.1

  
 N.A. means not applicable.

	*	This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of the Indenture. 

  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 ARTICLE I.
  
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 
			
	 Section 1.1.
	  	Definitions	  	1
	 Section 1.2.
	  	Other Definitions	  	20
	 Section 1.3.
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	21
	 Section 1.4.
	  	Rules of Construction	  	21
	 Section 1.5.
	  	Acts of Holders	  	22
		
	 ARTICLE II.
  
 THE NOTES
	  	 
			
	 Section 2.1.
	  	Form and Dating	  	22
	 Section 2.2.
	  	Execution and Authentication	  	23
	 Section 2.3.
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	24
	 Section 2.4.
	  	Paying Agents To Hold Money in Trust	  	24
	 Section 2.5.
	  	Holder Lists	  	24
	 Section 2.6.
	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	25
	 Section 2.7.
	  	Replacement Notes	  	31
	 Section 2.8.
	  	Outstanding Notes	  	31
	 Section 2.9.
	  	Treasury Notes	  	31
	 Section 2.10.
	  	Temporary Notes	  	31
	 Section 2.11.
	  	Cancellation	  	32
	 Section 2.12.
	  	Defaulted Interest	  	32
	 Section 2.13.
	  	Persons Deemed Owners	  	32
	 Section 2.14.
	  	CUSIP Numbers	  	32
		
	 ARTICLE III.
  
 REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE
	  	 
			
	 Section 3.1.
	  	Notices to Trustee	  	32
	 Section 3.2.
	  	Selection of Notes	  	33
	 Section 3.3.
	  	Notice of Optional or Special Redemption	  	33
	 Section 3.4.
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	34
	 Section 3.5.
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price or Purchase Price	  	34
	 Section 3.6.
	  	Notes Redeemed or Repurchased in Part	  	35
	 Section 3.7.
	  	Optional Redemption	  	35
	 Section 3.8.
	  	Special Redemption	  	35
	 Section 3.9.
	  	Repurchase upon Change of Control Offer	  	35
	 Section 3.10.
	  	Repurchase upon Application of Excess Proceeds	  	37
		
	 ARTICLE IV.
  
 COVENANTS
	  	 
			
	 Section 4.1.
	  	Payment of Principal and Interest	  	38
	 Section 4.2.
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	38
	 Section 4.3.
	  	Reports	  	39

  

 -i- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 Section 4.4.
	  	Compliance Certificate	  	39
	 Section 4.5.
	  	Taxes	  	40
	 Section 4.6.
	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	40
	 Section 4.7.
	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	40
	 Section 4.8.
	  	 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	42
	 Section 4.9.
	  	Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness	  	43
	 Section 4.10.
	  	Limitation on Asset Sales	  	43
	 Section 4.11.
	  	Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates	  	45
	 Section 4.12.
	  	Limitation on Liens	  	46
	 Section 4.13.
	  	Continued Existence	  	46
	 Section 4.14.
	  	Insurance Matters	  	47
	 Section 4.15.
	  	Offer To Repurchase upon Change of Control	  	47
	 Section 4.16.
	  	Additional Subsidiary Guarantees	  	47
	 Section 4.17.
	  	Conduct of Business	  	48
	 Section 4.18.
	  	Payments for Consent	  	48
	 Section 4.19.
	  	Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries	  	48
	 Section 4.20.
	  	Prohibition on Incurrence of Senior Subordinated Debt	  	48
		
	 ARTICLE V.
  
 SUCCESSORS
	  	 
			
	 Section 5.1.
	  	Merger, Consolidation and or Sale of Assets	  	48
	 Section 5.2.
	  	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	50
		
	 ARTICLE VI.
  
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 
			
	 Section 6.1.
	  	Events of Default	  	50
	 Section 6.2.
	  	Acceleration	  	51
	 Section 6.3.
	  	Other Remedies	  	52
	 Section 6.4.
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	52
	 Section 6.5.
	  	Control by Majority	  	53
	 Section 6.6.
	  	Limitation on Suits	  	53
	 Section 6.7.
	  	Rights of Holders of Notes To Receive Payment	  	53
	 Section 6.8.
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	53
	 Section 6.9.
	  	[Intentionally Omitted]	  	53
	 Section 6.10.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	53
	 Section 6.11.
	  	Priorities	  	54
	 Section 6.12.
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	54
		
	 ARTICLE VII.
  
 TRUSTEE
	  	 
			
	 Section 7.1.
	  	Duties of Trustee	  	54
	 Section 7.2.
	  	Rights of Trustee	  	55
	 Section 7.3.
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	56
	 Section 7.4.
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	56
	 Section 7.5.
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	57
	 Section 7.6.
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holder of the Notes	  	57
	 Section 7.7.
	  	Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnity	  	57
	 Section 7.8.
	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	58

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 Section 7.9.
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc	  	58
	 Section 7.10.
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	58
	 Section 7.11.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers	  	59
		
	 ARTICLE VIII.
  
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 
			
	 Section 8.1.
	  	Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	59
	 Section 8.2.
	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	59
	 Section 8.3.
	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	59
	 Section 8.4.
	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	60
	 Section 8.5.
	  	 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	61
	 Section 8.6.
	  	Repayment to the Issuers	  	62
	 Section 8.7.
	  	Reinstatement	  	62
		
	 ARTICLE IX.
  
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 
			
	 Section 9.1.
	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	62
	 Section 9.2.
	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	63
	 Section 9.3.
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	64
	 Section 9.4.
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	64
	 Section 9.5.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	64
	 Section 9.6.
	  	Trustee To Sign Amendment, Etc	  	64
		
	 ARTICLE X.
  
 SUBORDINATION
	  	 
			
	 Section 10.1.
	  	Notes Subordinated to Senior Debt	  	65
	 Section 10.2.
	  	Suspension of Payment When Senior Debt is in Default	  	65
	 Section 10.3.
	  	 Notes Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Debt on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of the Issuers
	  	66
	 Section 10.4.
	  	Payments May Be Made Prior to Dissolution	  	67
	 Section 10.5.
	  	Holders To Be Subrogated to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt	  	67
	 Section 10.6.
	  	Obligations of the Issuer Unconditional	  	67
	 Section 10.7.
	  	Notice to Trustee	  	68
	 Section 10.8.
	  	Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent	  	68
	 Section 10.9.
	  	Trustee’s Relation to Senior Debt	  	68
	 Section 10.10.
	  	Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Issuers or Holders of Senior Debt	  	68
	 Section 10.11.
	  	Noteholders Authorize Trustee To Effectuate Subordination of Notes	  	69
	 Section 10.12.
	  	This Article X Not To Prevent Events of Default	  	69
	 Section 10.13.
	  	Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced	  	69
		
	 ARTICLE XI.
  
 GUARANTEE
	  	 
			
	 Section 11.1.
	  	Unconditional Guarantee	  	69
	 Section 11.2.
	  	Severability	  	70
	 Section 11.3.
	  	Limitation of Guarantor’s Liability	  	70

  

 -iii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 Section 11.4.
	  	 Release of Guarantor
	  	70
	 Section 11.5.
	  	 Contribution
	  	71
	 Section 11.6.
	  	 Waiver of Subrogation
	  	71
	 Section 11.7.
	  	 Execution of Guarantee
	  	71
	 Section 11.8.
	  	 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
	  	72
		
	 ARTICLE XII.
  
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	 
			
	 Section 12.1.
	  	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	72
	 Section 12.2.
	  	 Application of Trust
	  	72
		
	 ARTICLE XIII.
  
 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 
			
	 Section 13.1.
	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	73
	 Section 13.2.
	  	 Notices
	  	73
	 Section 13.3.
	  	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	  	74
	 Section 13.4.
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	74
	 Section 13.5.
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	74
	 Section 13.6.
	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	74
	 Section 13.7.
	  	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees, Members and Stockholders
	  	75
	 Section 13.8.
	  	 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	75
	 Section 13.9.
	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	75
	 Section 13.10.
	  	 Successors
	  	75
	 Section 13.11.
	  	 Severability
	  	75
	 Section 13.12.
	  	 Counterpart Originals
	  	75
	 Section 13.13.
	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc
	  	76
	 Section 13.14.
	  	 Qualification of Indenture
	  	76
		
	EXHIBITS	  	 
			
	   Exhibit A
	  	 Form of Series A Note
	  	 
			
	   Exhibit B
	  	 Form of Series B Note
	  	 
			
	   Exhibit C
	  	 Form of Guarantee
	  	 
			
	   Exhibit D(1)
	  	 Form of Regulation S Certification
	  	 
			
	   Exhibit D(2)
	  	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Exchange or Registration of Transfer of Notes
	  	 
			
	   Exhibit E
	  	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors
	  	 
			
	   Exhibit F
	  	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S
	  	 

  

 -iv- 

 INDENTURE 
  

INDENTURE dated as of August 7, 2003 among Morris Publishing Group, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (the “Company” or
“Morris Publishing”), and Morris Publishing Finance Co., a Georgia corporation, (“Morris Finance,” each an “Issuer” and together, the “Issuers”) as joint and several obligors, the
Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on Schedule A hereto, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
  
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as
defined below) of the Issuers’ 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013: 
  
 ARTICLE I. 
  
 DEFINITIONS AND
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
  
 Section 1.1. Definitions. 

 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person or
any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing or at the time it merges or consolidates with or into Morris Publishing or any of its Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the
acquisition of assets from such Person and in each case not incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing or such acquisition, merger or
consolidation. 
  
 “Additional Notes” means
Notes, in addition to, and having identical terms as, the $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Series A Notes issued on the Issue Date (or the Series B Notes issued in exchange for the Series A Notes issued on the Issue Date), issued pursuant
to Article II hereof and in compliance with Section 4.9 hereof. 
  
 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person.
For so long as any individual or entity that is a Permitted Holder is an Affiliate of such Person, all Permitted Holders shall be deemed to be Affiliates of such Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and
“controlled” have meanings correlative of the foregoing. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar. 
  
 “Asset Acquisition” means (1) an Investment by Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing in any other Person
pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing, or shall be merged with or into Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing, or (2)
the acquisition by Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing of the assets of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing) which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or
comprises any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the
ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than Morris Publishing or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of Morris Publishing of: 
  
 (1) any
Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing; or 
  
 (2) any other property or assets of Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing other than in the ordinary course of business; 
  

 provided, however, that asset sales or other dispositions shall not include: 
  
 (a) a transaction or series of related transactions for
which Morris Publishing or its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration of less than $1.0 million; 
  
 (b) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Morris Publishing as permitted
under Section 5.1; 
  
 (c) any Restricted Payment
permitted by Section 4.7 or that constitutes a Permitted Investment; 
  
 (d) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof; 
  
 (e) disposals or replacements of obsolete or worn out
equipment; or 
  
 (f) an Asset Swap permitted by
Section 4.10. 
  
 “Asset Swap” means a concurrent
purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business Assets between Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, however, that any cash received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10.

  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or
any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors (or similar governing body) of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof. 
  
 “Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or
an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday
or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or Atlanta are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day
that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means: 
  
 (1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of
Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing; and 
  
 (2) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership, membership or other equity interests of such Person,
and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing. 
  
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and,
for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  

 -2- 

 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
  
 (1) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government
or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; 
  
 (2) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political
subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard &
Poor’s Ratings Group (“S&P”), Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”); 
  
 (3) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of
acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P, at least P-1 from Moody’s or at least F1 from Fitch; 
  
 (4) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank
organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million;

  
 (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not
more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; and 
  
 (6) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types
described in clauses (1) through (5) above; 
  
 provided, however,
that for purposes of the subordination provisions, the term “Cash Equivalents” shall not include obligations of the type referred to in clause (5). 
  
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events: 
  
 (1) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one
transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of Morris Publishing to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”), together with
any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture), other than to the Permitted Holders; 
  
 (2) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of Morris Publishing of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Morris
Publishing (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture); 
  
 (3) any Person or Group (other than the Permitted Holders and any entity formed solely for the purpose of owning Capital Stock of Morris
Publishing) shall become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Morris Publishing;

  
 (4) the replacement of a majority of the
Board of Directors of Morris Publishing over a two-year period from the directors who constituted the Board of Directors of Morris Publishing at the beginning of such period, and such replacement shall not have been approved by a vote of at least a
majority of the Board of Directors of Morris Publishing then still in office who either were members of such Board of Directors at the beginning of such period or whose election as a member of such Board of Directors was previously so approved; or

  

 -3- 

 (5) Permitted Holders shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of
record, shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Morris Publishing. 
  

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, Luxembourg. 
  
 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

  
 “Common Stock” of any Person means any and
all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common stock, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes,
without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock. 
  
 “Company” means Morris Publishing Group, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Georgia, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture, and thereafter means such successor Person. 
  
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of: 
  
 (1) Consolidated Net Income; and 
  
 (2) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby: 
  
 (a) all income taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP
for such period (other than income taxes attributable to extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains or losses or taxes attributable to sales or dispositions outside the ordinary course of business); 
  
 (b) Consolidated Interest Expense; and 
  
 (c) Consolidated Non-cash Charges less any non-cash
items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without
duplication: 
  
 (1) the aggregate of the
interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including without limitation: (a) any amortization of debt discount and amortization or write-off of deferred
financing costs; (b) the net costs under Interest Swap Obligations; (c) all capitalized interest; and (d) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation; 
  
 (2) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or
accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; and 
  
 (3) an amount equal to the product of (i) the aggregate dividends paid on Disqualified Capital Stock during such period and (ii) a
fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus such Person’s then effective combined tax rate, to the extent paid. 
  
 “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding consolidated
Indebtedness of such Person and (ii) except to the extent included in the previous clause (i), the aggregate liquidation preference of any Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries of such 

  

 -4- 

 
Person, in each case as of the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio (the “Transaction Date”) on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP to (b) the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the last four full fiscal quarters (the “Four Quarter Period”) ending on or prior to the Transaction Date for which financial statements
are available. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to:

  
 (1) the incurrence or repayment of any
Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or repayment of other Indebtedness (and the application of the
proceeds thereof), other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to working capital facilities, occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to
the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence or repayment, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period; and

  
 (2) any asset sales or other dispositions or
Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a
result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA (including any pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation
S-X under the Exchange Act) attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or asset sale or other disposition during the Four Quarter Period) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last
day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such asset sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or liability for any such Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day
of the Four Quarter Period. If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such
Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there shall be excluded therefrom (to the extent otherwise not excluded therefrom): 
  
 (1) after-tax gains from Asset Sales (without regard to the
$1.0 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof) or abandonments or reserves relating thereto; 
  
 (2) after-tax items classified as extraordinary gains or losses; 
  
 (3) the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person to the extent that the
declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is restricted by a contract, operation of law or otherwise; 
  
 (4) the net income of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, except to the extent of cash dividends or
distributions paid to the referent Person or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person by such Person; 
  
 (5) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of
Consolidated Net Income accrued at any time following the Issue Date; 
  
 (6) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued); 
  

 -5- 

 (7) in the case of a successor to the referent Person by consolidation or merger or as a
transferee of the referent Person’s assets, any earnings of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets; and 
  
 (8) Permitted Tax Distributions. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Worth” of any Person means the consolidated stockholders’ or members’ equity of such Person, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, less (without duplication) amounts attributable to Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person. 
  
 “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other
non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges
constituting an extraordinary item or loss or any such charge which requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period). 
  
 “Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated to be as or about the date of consummation of the offering of the Notes, between
Morris Publishing, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as agent, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents),
in each case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including one or more credit agreements, loan agreements, indentures or similar agreements
extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing, renewing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Restricted Subsidiaries of Morris Publishing as additional borrowers or guarantors
thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. 
  
 “Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract,
currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing against fluctuations in currency values. 
  
 “Default” means an event or condition the occurrence of
which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.6(g) hereof
as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions or this Indenture, and, thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.

  
 “Designated Senior Debt” means (1)
Indebtedness under or in respect of the Credit Agreement and (2) any other Indebtedness constituting Senior Debt which, at the time of determination, has an aggregate principal amount of at least $10.0 million and is specifically designated in the
instrument evidencing such Senior Debt as “Designated Senior Debt” by Morris Publishing. 
  
 “Disqualified Capital Stock” means that portion of any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it
is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event (other than an event which would constitute a Change of Control), matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking
fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control) on or prior to the final maturity date of the Notes. 
  
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted
Subsidiary incorporated or otherwise organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or any territory or possession of the United States. 
  

 -6- 

 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System.

  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. 
  
 “Exchange Offer” means the offer that shall be made by the Issuers pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement to exchange Series A Notes for Series B Notes. 
  
 “fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an
arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair market value shall be determined by the Board of
Directors of Morris Publishing acting reasonably and in good faith and shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of Morris Publishing delivered to the Trustee. 
  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the
Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant
segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date. 
  
 “Guarantee” means each guarantee of the Notes by each Guarantor. 
  
 “Guarantor” means: (1) each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing (other than Morris Finance)
as of the Issue Date; and (2) each of Morris Publishing’s Restricted Subsidiaries that in the future executes a supplemental indenture in which such Restricted Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as a Guarantor;
provided, however, that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a Guarantor when its respective Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 “Guarantor Senior Debt” means, with respect to any
Guarantor: the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an
allowed claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness of, or guaranteed by, a Guarantor, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating
or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
“Guarantor Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect
thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations): 
  
 (x) all monetary obligations of every nature of such Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Credit
Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); 
  
 (y) all Interest Swap Obligations (and guarantees thereof);
and 
  
 (z) all obligations under Currency
Agreements (and guarantees thereof); 
  
 in each case whether outstanding on the
Issue Date or thereafter incurred. 
  
 Notwithstanding the
foregoing, “Guarantor Senior Debt” shall not include: 
  
 (1) any Indebtedness of such Guarantor to a Subsidiary of such Guarantor; 
  

 -7- 

 (2) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or
employee of such Guarantor or any Subsidiary of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation) other than a shareholder who is also a lender (or an Affiliate of a lender) under the Credit Agreement; 
  
 (3) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other amounts
incurred in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services; 
  
 (4) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Capital Stock; 
  
 (5) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Guarantor; 
  
 (6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation
of this Indenture provisions set forth under Section 4.9 (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if the holder(s) of such obligation or their representative shall have received an
officers’ certificate of Morris Publishing to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or, in the case of revolving credit indebtedness, that the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the
initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate such provisions of this Indenture); 
  
 (7) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is
without recourse to Morris Publishing; and 
  
 (8) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Guarantor. 
  
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, without
duplication: 
  
 (1) all Obligations of such
Person for borrowed money; 
  
 (2) all
Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 
  
 (3) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; 
  
 (4) all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all
conditional sale obligations and all Obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 90 days or more or are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted); 
  
 (5) all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction;

  
 (6) guarantees and other contingent
obligations in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above and clause (8) below; 
  
 (7) all Obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) which are secured by any lien on any property
or asset of such Person, the amount of such Obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or asset or the amount of the Obligation so secured; 
  

 -8- 

 (8) all Obligations under currency agreements and interest swap agreements of such
Person; and 
  
 (9) all Disqualified Capital
Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding
accrued dividends, if any. 
  
 For purposes hereof, the
“maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were
purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be
determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock. 
  
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Independent Director” of any Person means a member of the
Board of Directors of such Person that is “Independent” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual. 
  
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means a firm of national status: 
  
 (1) which does not, and whose directors, officers and employees or Affiliates do not, have a direct or
indirect financial interest in Morris Publishing; and 
  
 (2) which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of Morris Publishing, is otherwise independent and qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged. 
  
 “Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, BNY Capital
Markets, Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc., McDonald Investments Inc., SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. and Stephens Inc. 
  
 “Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or
indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person
calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements. 
  
 “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, any direct
or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of
others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any other Person. “Investment” shall exclude extensions of trade credit by
Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates) on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices of Morris Publishing or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. If
Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing sells or otherwise disposes of any Common Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition,
Morris Publishing no longer owns, directly or indirectly, 50% of the outstanding Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary, Morris Publishing shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair
market value of the Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of. 
  
 “Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of the Notes. 
  

 -9- 

 “Issuers” means the Persons named as Issuers in the introductory paragraph to this
Indenture until a successor Person or Persons shall have become such in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter means such successor Person or Persons. 
  
 “Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any
kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest). 
  
 “Morris Communications” means Morris Communications Company, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company. 
  
 “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale,
the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest)
received by Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale net of: 
  
 (1) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and
investment banking fees and sales commissions); 
  
 (2) taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements; 
  
 (3) repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset
Sale; and 
  
 (4) appropriate amounts to be
provided by Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset
Sale. 
  
 “Note Custodian” means the Trustee, as
custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
  
 “Notes” means the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes, if any, that are issued under this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. See Section 2.2. 
  
 “Obligations” means all obligations for principal, premium,
interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Officer” means (a) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, the Chief Operating Officer, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of such Person and (b) with respect to any other Person, the
individuals selected by such Person to perform functions similar to those of the officers listed in clause (a). 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Officers of such Person, one of whom must be
the Chairman of its Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or any principal accounting officer of such Person, that meets the requirements of Sections 13.4 and 13.5 hereof. 
  
 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel
that meets the requirements of Sections 13.4 and 13.5 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or in-house counsel to an Issuer or any Subsidiary of Morris Publishing. 
  

 -10- 

 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Morris Publishing or any Guarantor
that ranks equal in right of payment with the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be. 
  
 “Permitted Business” means (i) the ownership and operation of regional, local and other newspapers and other businesses directly related
to the newspaper operations of Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the gathering and dissemination of news and information; and (ii) broadcast, electronic media and other businesses deriving a majority of revenue from
advertising or subscriptions. 
  
 “Permitted Business
Assets” means assets used or useful in a Permitted Business. 
  
 “Permitted Holders” means as of the date of determination (1) William S. Morris III, William S. Morris IV, Mary S. Morris, J. Tyler Morris and Susie Morris Baker; (2) immediate family members (including spouses and direct
descendants) of the Persons described in clause (1); (3) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clauses (1), (2) or (4) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; or (4) in the event of the incompetence or death of any
of the Persons described in clauses (1) and (2), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to
acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of Morris Publishing. 
  
 “Permitted Indebtedness” means, without duplication, each of the following: 
  
 (1) Indebtedness under the Notes issued in the Offering in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250.0 million, this Indenture and
the Guarantees; 
  
 (2) Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $450.0 million less the amount of all mandatory principal payments actually made by Morris Publishing in respect of the term loans thereunder
(excluding any such payments to the extent refinanced at the time of payment under a replaced Credit Agreement); 
  
 (3) other Indebtedness of Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date less the amount of any scheduled
amortization payments or mandatory prepayments, in each case, when actually paid, or permanent reductions thereon; 
  
 (4) Interest Swap Obligations of Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing covering Indebtedness of Morris
Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered into to protect Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates; 
  
 (5) Indebtedness under Currency Agreements; provided,
however, that (a) in the case of Currency Agreements which relate to Indebtedness, such Currency Agreements do not increase the Indebtedness of Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding other than as a result of
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder and (b) such Currency Agreements are designed to protect Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing
against fluctuations in currency values; 
  
 (6)
Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing to Morris Publishing or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing for so long as such Indebtedness is held by Morris Publishing or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
of Morris Publishing or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture, in each case subject to no Lien held by a Person other than Morris Publishing or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing or the holder of a Lien permitted
under this Indenture; provided, however, that if as of any date any Person other than Morris Publishing or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture owns or holds
any such Indebtedness or holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause (6) by the issuer of such Indebtedness; 
  

 -11- 

 (7) Indebtedness of Morris Publishing to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Morris
Publishing for so long as such Indebtedness is held by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture, in each case subject to no Lien other than a Lien permitted under this
Indenture; provided, however, that (a) any Indebtedness of Morris Publishing to any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing that is not a Guarantor is unsecured and subordinated, pursuant to a written agreement, to
Morris Publishing’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and (b) if as of any date any Person other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture owns or holds
any such Indebtedness or any Person holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause (7) by Morris Publishing; 
  
 (8) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or
other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such
Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of incurrence; 
  
 (9) Indebtedness of Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, workers’ compensation claims, surety or appeal bonds, payment obligations in
connection with self-insurance or similar obligations, and bank overdrafts (and letters of credit in respect thereof) in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (10) Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Indebtedness of Morris Publishing and its Restricted
Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business not to exceed in the aggregate $5.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
  
 (11) Refinancing Indebtedness; 
  
 (12) Indebtedness represented by guarantees by Morris Publishing or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be
incurred under this Indenture; 
  
 (13)
Indebtedness of Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of guarantees, indemnities or obligations in respect of purchase price adjustments in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets; and 
  
 (14) additional Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock
of Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding (which amount may, but need not, be incurred in whole or in part under the Credit Agreement). 
  
 For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.9 hereof, in the event
that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (14) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Consolidated leverage Ratio provisions of Section
4.9 hereof, Morris Publishing shall, in its sole discretion, classify (or later reclassify) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with Section 4.9 hereof. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the
payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Capital Stock will not
be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock for purposes of Section 4.9 hereof. 
  
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
  
 (1) Investments by Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing in any Person that is or will become immediately
after such Investment a Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing or that will merge or consolidate into Morris Publishing or a Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing; 
  

 -12- 

 (2) Investments in Morris Publishing by any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing;
provided, however, that any Indebtedness evidencing such Investment and held by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is unsecured and subordinated, pursuant to a written agreement, to Morris Publishing’s obligations
under the Notes and this Indenture; 
  
 (3)
investments in cash and Cash Equivalents; 
  
 (4)
loans and advances to employees, directors and officers of Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than employees, directors and officers that are Permitted Holders or Affiliates thereof) in the ordinary course of business for
bona fide business purposes not in excess of $1.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
  
 (5) Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of Morris Publishing’s or its Restricted
Subsidiaries’ businesses and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture; 
  
 (6) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon
the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers or in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of such trade creditors or customers; 
  

(7) Investments made by Morris Publishing or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of consideration received in connection with an
Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; 
  
 (8) Investments represented by guarantees that are otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
  
 (9) Investments the payment for which is Qualified Capital Stock of Morris Publishing; 
  
 (10) any Asset Swap made in accordance with Section 4.10
hereof; 
  
 (11) Investments in a Permitted
Business; provided, however, that no other direct or indirect investor or owner in such Permitted Business is an Affiliate of Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further, however,
that after giving effect to such Investment and all other Investments made in reliance on this clause (11), the aggregate amount of all Investments made in reliance on this clause (11) less the amount of any such Investments sold for cash (to the
extent of the cash received) shall not exceed the greater of 15% of Morris Publishing’s Consolidated Net Worth at the time of such Investment or $10.0 million; 
  
 (12) if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, loans to any Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries of Morris Communications (other than Morris Publishing and its Subsidiaries) that are operating Subsidiaries solely for purposes of funding such Subsidiaries’ working capital, capital expenditures and acquisition requirements in an
aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $40.0 million; provided, however, that (i) each such loan bears interest at a rate not less than the weighted average interest rate that would be applicable to borrowings
under the Credit Agreement as of the date such loan is made and (ii) each such loan is on other terms that are no less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction as of such date on an arm’s-length
basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of Morris Publishing or such Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that for the purposes of this clause (12), repayments of such loans shall only be deemed to reduce the aggregate
amount at any time outstanding to the extent such repayment is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and 
  
 (13) additional Investments not to exceed $20.0 million at any one time outstanding. 
  

 -13- 

 “Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens: 
  
 (1) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or
claims either (a) not delinquent or (b) contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which Morris Publishing or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP;

  
 (2) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of
carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate
provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof; 
  
 (3) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment
insurance and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection therewith, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory
obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); 
  
 (4) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so
long as such Lien is adequately bonded (if required under applicable law) and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such
proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; 
  
 (5) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real property not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Morris Publishing or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (6) any interest or
title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation; provided, however, that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets which is not leased property subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligation; 
  
 (7) Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred or
in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that (a) such Purchase Money Indebtedness shall not exceed the purchase price or other cost of such property or equipment and shall not be secured by any property or equipment of
Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing other than the property and equipment so acquired and (b) the Lien securing such Purchase Money Indebtedness shall be created within 90 days of such acquisition; 
  
 (8) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods
and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

 
 (9) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect
to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; 
  
 (10) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual, or warranty requirements of
Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including rights of offset and set-off; 
  
 (11) Liens securing Interest Swap Obligations which Interest Swap Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under
this Indenture; 
  
 (12) Liens securing
Indebtedness under Currency Agreements; 
  

 -14- 

 (13) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 4.9 hereof;
provided, however, that: 
  
 (a)
such Liens secured such Acquired Indebtedness at the time of and prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by Morris Publishing or a Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing and were not granted in connection with, or in anticipation
of, the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by Morris Publishing or a Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing; and 
  
 (b) such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of Morris Publishing or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than
the property or assets that secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of Morris Publishing or a Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing and are no more favorable to the lienholders than
those securing the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by Morris Publishing or a Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing; 
  
 (14) Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing that is not a Guarantor to secure
Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary that is otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
  
 (15) leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business
of Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (16) banker’s Liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more bank accounts in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (17) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code
financing statements regarding leases; and 
  
 (18) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods. 
  
 “Permitted Tax Distributions” means the payment of any dividend or distribution to the direct or indirect
beneficial owners of shares of Capital Stock of Morris Publishing in an amount not to exceed the then maximum federal, state and local income tax liabilities arising from income of Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries and attributable
to them solely as a result of Morris Publishing (and any intermediate entity through which the holder owns such shares of Capital Stock) being a disregarded limited liability company, partnership or similar entity for federal income tax purposes.

  
 “Person” means an individual, partnership,
limited liability company, corporation, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof. 
  
 “PORTAL Market” means the Portal Market operated by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any successor thereto.

  
 “Preferred Stock” of any Person means any
Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation. 
  
 “Public Equity Offering” means an underwritten public offering of Qualified Capital Stock of either (i)
Morris Communications; (ii) any Person of which Morris Publishing is a direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary or (iii) Morris Publishing pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act;
provided, however, that, in the event of a Public Equity Offering by Morris Communications or such Person, Morris Communications or such Person, as the case may be, contributes to the common equity capital of Morris Publishing.

  

 -15- 

 “Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement dated July 29, 2003, among the Company
and each of the seller parties listed on the signature pages thereto, as such agreement may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided that any Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to such amendment or modification shall not result in any payments of principal thereunder prior to any scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment thereunder as in effect on the Issue Date.

  
 “Purchase Date” means, with respect to any
Note to be repurchased, the date fixed for such repurchase by or pursuant to this Indenture. 
  
 “Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Morris Publishing or its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the normal course of business for the purpose of financing all or any part of the
purchase price, or the cost of installation, construction or improvement, of property or equipment. 
  
 “Purchase Price” means the amount payable for the repurchase of any Note on a Purchase Date, exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest and
additional interest (if any) thereon to the Purchase Date, unless otherwise specifically provided herein. 
  
 “QIB” means a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is
not Disqualified Capital Stock. 
  
 “Redemption
Date” means, with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture. 
  
 “Redemption Price” means the amount payable for the redemption of any Note on a Redemption Date, exclusive of’ accrued and unpaid
interest and additional interest (if any) thereon to the Redemption Date, unless otherwise specifically provided herein. 
  
 “Refinance” means, in respect of any security or Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease,
replace or retire, or to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

  
 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means any
Refinancing by Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing of Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 4.9 hereof (other than pursuant to clauses (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (12), (13) or (14) of the
definition of Permitted Indebtedness), in each case that does not: 
  
 (1) result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Person as of the date of such proposed Refinancing (plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the
instrument governing such Indebtedness and plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred by Morris Publishing in connection with such Refinancing); or 
  
 (2) create Indebtedness with: (a) a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the
Indebtedness being Refinanced; or (b) a final maturity earlier than the final maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided, however, that (x) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness solely of Morris Publishing
(and is not otherwise guaranteed by a Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing), then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness solely of Morris Publishing and (y) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinate or junior to the
Notes or any Guarantee, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinate to the Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the same extent and in the same manner as the Indebtedness being Refinanced. 
  

 -16- 

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the registration rights agreement dated as of the
Issue Date among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers. 
  
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S as promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Representative” means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative in respect of any Designated Senior Debt;
provided, however, that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding
principal amount of such Designated Senior Debt in respect of any Designated Senior Debt. 
  
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant
secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust
matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary
of such Person which at the time of determination is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party,
providing for the leasing to Morris Publishing or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by Morris
Publishing or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such Property. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes
thereto. 
  
 “Senior Debt” means the principal
of, premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or other like proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such
proceeding) on any Indebtedness of Morris Publishing, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to
which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if
any, interest (including interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or other like proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding) on, and all
other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations): 
  
 (1) all monetary obligations of every nature of Morris Publishing under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without
limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); 
  
 (2) all Interest Swap Obligations (and guarantees thereof); and 
  
 (3) all obligations under Currency Agreements (and
guarantees thereof); 
  
 in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or
thereafter incurred. 
  

 -17- 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall not include: 
  
 (1) any Indebtedness of Morris Publishing to a Subsidiary of
Morris Publishing; 
  
 (2) Indebtedness to, or
guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of Morris Publishing or any Subsidiary of Morris Publishing (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation) other than a shareholder who is also a lender (or an
Affiliate of a lender) under the Credit Agreement; 
  
 (3) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other amounts incurred in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services; 
  
 (4) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Capital Stock; 
  
 (5) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by Morris Publishing; 

 
 (6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in
violation of Section 4.9 (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if the holder(s) of such obligation or their representative shall have received an officers’ certificate of
Morris Publishing to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or, in the case of revolving credit indebtedness, that the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is
made would not) violate such provisions of this Indenture); 
  
 (7) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to Morris Publishing; and 
  
 (8) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms,
subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of Morris Publishing. 
  
 “Series A Notes” means the Issuers’ 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013. 
  
 “Series B Notes” means notes issued by the Issuers hereunder containing terms identical to the Series A Notes (except that (i) interest
thereon shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Series A Notes or, if no such interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance, (ii) the legend or legends relating to transferability and other related matters set
forth on the Series A Notes, including the text referred to in footnote 2 of Exhibit A hereto, shall be removed or appropriately altered, and (iii) as otherwise set forth herein), to be offered to Holders of Series A Notes in exchange for Series B
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer or any exchange offer specified in any registration rights agreement relating to the Additional Notes or in connection with the issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to an effective registration statement filed
pursuant to the Securities Act. 
  
 “Services
Agreement” means the Agreement to be dated on or about the date of consummation of the offering of the Notes between Morris Publishing and Morris Communications providing for management and certain other services. 
  
 “Significant Subsidiary”, with respect to any Person, means
any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that satisfies the criteria for a “significant subsidiary” set forth in Rule 1.02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act. 
  
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Morris Publishing or any Guarantor that is subordinated
or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be. 
  

 -18- 

 “Subsidiary”, with respect to any Person, means: 
  
 (1) any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock
having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person; or 
  
 (2) any other Person of which at least a majority of the
voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person. 
  
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is
qualified under the TIA; provided that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended. 
  
 “Transfer Restricted Security” means a Note that is a
restricted security as defined in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

  
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” of any Person
means: 
  
 (1) any Subsidiary of such Person that
at the time of determination shall be or continue to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and 
  
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly
acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, Morris Publishing or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing that is
not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that: 
  
 (1) Morris Publishing certifies to the Trustee that such designation complies with Section 4.7 hereof; 
  
 (2) each Subsidiary to be so designated and each of its
Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of
the assets of Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
  
 (3) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
  
 For purposes of making the determination of whether any such designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
complies with Section 4.7 hereof, the portion of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary of Morris Publishing at the time that such Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is represented by the interest of
Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Morris Publishing, shall be deemed to be an Investment. Such designation will be permitted only if such
Investment would be permitted at such time under Section 4.7 hereof. 
  

 -19- 

 The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary only if:

  
 (1) immediately after giving effect to such
designation, Morris Publishing is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.9 hereof; and 
  
 (2) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
  
 Any such
designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied
with the foregoing provisions. 
  
 Morris Publishing may not
designate Morris Finance as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “U.S. Government Securities” means securities which are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a person controlled or
supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not
callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of interest on or
principal of any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount
payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Securities or the specific payment of interest on or principal of the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such
depository receipt. 
  
 “Weighted Average Life to
Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b) the sum of the total of the products obtained by
multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest
one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment. 
  
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person. 
  
 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary
of such Person of which all the outstanding voting securities (other than in the case of a foreign Subsidiary, directors’ qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law) are
owned by such Person or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person. 
  
 Section
1.2. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term

	  	Defined in Section

	 “Additional Interest Notice”
	  	2.3
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.6
	 “Certificated Notes”
	  	2.1
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	3.9
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.3
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.1

  

 -20- 

			
	 Term

	  	Defined in Section

	 “Foreign Person”
	  	2.6
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1
	 “incur”
	  	4.9
	 “Institutional Accredited Investors”
	  	2.1
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.2
	 “Net Proceeds Offer”
	  	4.10
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”
	  	4.10
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”
	  	4.10
	 “Notice of Acceleration”
	  	6.2
	 “Offshore Certificated Notes”
	  	2.1
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.3
	 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1
	 “Private Placement Legend”
	  	2.6
	 “Reference Date”
	  	4.7
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.3
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1
	 “Replacement Assets”
	  	4.10
	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	4.7
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1
	 “Special Redemption”
	  	3.8
	 “Surviving Entity”
	  	5.1
	 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1
	 “U.S. Certificated Notes”
	  	2.1

  
 Section 1.3. Incorporation by
Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Whenever this Indenture
refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
  
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture trustee” means the Trustee; 
  
 “obligor” on the Notes means the Issuers and any successor obligor upon the Notes. 
  
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined
by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
  
 Section 1.4. Rules of Construction. 
  
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
  
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the
plural include the singular; 
  
 (e) provisions
apply to successive events and transactions; and 
  

 -21- 

 (f) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the
TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement and successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time. 
  
 Section 1.5. Acts of Holders. 
  
 (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may
be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective
when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuers. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as
the “Act” of Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.1)
conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuers, if made in the manner provided in this Section. 
  
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by
the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by
an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his or her authority. 
  
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the register maintained by the
Registrar. 
  
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of
anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuers in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
  
 ARTICLE II. 
  
 THE NOTES 
  
 Section 2.1.
Form and Dating. 
  
 The Series A Notes and the
Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage in addition to those set forth
in Exhibit A hereto. The Series B Notes shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto. The notation on each Note relating to the Guarantees shall be substantially in the form set forth on Exhibit C hereto. Each Note shall be dated the date
of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. 
  
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes and Guarantees shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuers,
the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. 
  
 Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of a single permanent global Note in registered form, substantially
in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and
shall bear the legend set forth in Section 2.6(h). The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its
nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
  

 -22- 

 Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in
the form of a single temporary global Note in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee,
duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the legend set forth in Section 2.6(h). At any time following 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes and the Issue
Date, upon receipt by the Trustee and the Issuers of a duly executed certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D(1) hereto, a single permanent Global Note in registered form substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the
“Permanent Regulation S Global Note,” and together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the “Regulation S Global Note”) duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided
shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the
principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note transferred. 
  
 Notes offered and sold to institutional accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) (“Institutional Accredited Investors”) shall be issued in the form
of permanent U.S. Certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “U.S. Certificated Notes”). Securities issued pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof in exchange for interests in the Rule 144A
Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note shall be in the form of permanent Certificated Notes in registered form substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Offshore Certificated Notes”). 
  
 The Offshore Certificated Notes and U.S. Certificated Notes are sometimes
collectively herein referred to as the “Certificated Notes.” The Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note are sometimes referred to herein as the “Global Notes.” 
  
 Section 2.2. Execution and Authentication. 
  
 Two Officers of each of the Issuers shall sign the Notes for the Issuers by
manual or facsimile signature. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature
is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office or position at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. Each Guarantor shall execute a Guarantee in the manner set forth in
Section 11.7. 
  
 A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by
the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee, upon a written order of the Issuers signed by two Officers of each of the Issuers, together with the other documents required by Sections
13.4 and 13.5 hereof, shall authenticate (i) Series A Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250,000,000 and (ii) subject to Section 4.9 hereof, Additional Notes. The Trustee, upon written order
of the Issuers signed by two Officers of each of the Issuers, together with the other documents required by Sections 13.4 and 13.5 hereof, shall authenticate Series B Notes; provided that such Series B Notes shall be issuable only upon the
valid surrender for cancellation of Series A Notes of a like aggregate principal amount in accordance with the Exchange Offer or an exchange offer specified in any registration rights agreement relating to the Additional Notes. Such written order of
the Issuers shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated. Any Additional Notes shall be part of the same issue as the Notes being issued on the Issue Date and will
vote on all matters as one class with the Notes being issued on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions, Change of Control Offers and Net Proceeds Offers. For the purposes of this Indenture, except for Section
4.9 hereof, references to the Notes include Additional Notes, if any. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in
this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuers or with any Affiliate of the Issuers. 
  

 -23- 

 Section 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
  
 The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. At the option of the
Issuers, payment of interest and additional interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required
with respect to principal, Redemption Price and Purchase Price of, and interest and additional interest (if any) on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Trustee or the
Paying Agent. The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The
Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuers fail to appoint or maintain
another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuers may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. The Depositary shall, by acceptance of a Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may
be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Depositary (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
  
 In the event that the Issuers are required to pay additional interest to
holders of Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers will provide written notice (“Additional Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of their obligation to pay additional interest no later than fifteen days prior to
the proposed payment date for the additional interest, and the Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of additional interest to be paid by the Issuers on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or
responsibility to any holder of Notes to determine the additional interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of additional interest when made, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the
additional interest. 
  
 The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee
to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Note Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, until such time as the Trustee has resigned or a successor has been appointed. 
  
 Section 2.4. Paying Agents To Hold Money in Trust. 
  
 The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in
trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal and of any premium, if any, interest and additional interest, if any, on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the
Issuers in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee
and account for any money disbursed. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than an Issuer) shall have no further liability for the money. If an Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund
for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to an Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
  
 Section 2.5. Holder Lists. 
  
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable
the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee at
least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of
Notes, and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 
  

 -24- 

 Section 2.6. Transfer and Exchange. 
  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange Generally: Book Entry Provisions. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note
to the Registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.6, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more
new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture. 
  
 Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be
exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the
Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding. 
  
 All Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or
instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar, and the Notes shall be duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, and in addition to
the requirements set forth in the legend referred to in Section 2.6(h)(i) hereof, in connection with any transfer of Transfer Restricted Securities any request for transfer shall be accompanied by a certification to the Trustee relating to the
manner of such transfer substantially in the form of Exhibit D(2) hereto. 
  
 (b) Book-Entry Provisions for the Global Notes. The Rule 144A Global Note and Regulation S Global Note initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be
delivered to the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.6(h) hereof. 
  
 Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Rule 144A
Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, and the Depositary may be
treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent
Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any Note. 
  
 Transfers of the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global
Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note may be transferred in accordance with the applicable rules and
procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of this Section 2.6. The registration of transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Note, which does not involve the issuance of a Certificated Note, shall be effected through the
Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including the restrictions on transfer set forth herein) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for any act or omission of the Depositary.

  
 At any time at the request of the beneficial holder of an
interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note to obtain a Certificated Note, such beneficial holder shall be entitled to obtain a Certificated Note upon written request to the Trustee and the Note Custodian in
accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Note Custodian and Depositary for the issuance thereof. Upon receipt of any such request, the Trustee, or the Note Custodian at the direction of the Trustee, will cause,
in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Note Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as appropriate, to be reduced by
the principal amount of the Certificated Note issued upon such request to such beneficial holder and, following such reduction, the Issuers will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to such beneficial holder (or its nominee) a
Certificated Note or Certificated Notes in the appropriate aggregate principal amount 

  

 -25- 

 
in the name of such beneficial holder (or its nominee) and bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture. 
  
 (c) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors. The
following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security to any Institutional Accredited Investor that is not a QIB (other than any Person that is not a U.S. Person as defined under
Regulation S, a “Foreign Person”): 
  
 (i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) (A) the requested transfer is at least two years after the later of the Issue Date of the Notes and (B) the
proposed transferee has certified to the Registrar that the requested transfer is at least two years after last date on which such Note was held by an Affiliate of the Issuers, or (y) the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar (A) a
certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto and (B) such certifications, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee and the Issuers may reasonably request to confirm that such transaction is in compliance with the Securities
Act; and 
  
 (ii) if the proposed transferor is
an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by clause (i) and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s
procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the
Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Certificated Notes of like tenor and amount. 
  
 (d) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted
Security to a QIB (other than Foreign Persons): 
  
 (i) if the Note to be transferred consists of Certificated Notes or an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box
provided for on a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D(2) stating, or has otherwise advised the Issuers and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who is a
QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; and 
  
 (ii) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Note to be transferred consists of Certificated Notes or an interest in the
Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in clause (i) and instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and
records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Certificated Notes or the interest in the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, to be transferred, and
the Trustee shall cancel the Certificated Notes or decrease the amount of the Regulation S Global Note so transferred. 
  
 (e) Transfers of Interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any
proposed transfer of interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note: 
  
 (i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note if (x) the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F
hereto stating, among other things, that the proposed transferee is a Foreign Person or (y) the proposed transferee is a QIB and the proposed transferor has checked the box provided for on a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D(2)
stating, or has otherwise advised the Issuers and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is
being made in reliance on Rule 144A; and 
  

 -26- 

 (ii) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, upon receipt by the Registrar of the
documents referred to in clause (i)(y) above and instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount
of the Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note to be transferred, and the Trustee, as Note Custodian, shall decrease the amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note. 

 
 (f) Transfers to Foreign Persons. The following provisions shall
apply with respect to any transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security to a Foreign Person: 
  
 (i) the Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Note to a Foreign Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the
form of Exhibit F hereto from the proposed transferor and such certifications, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee or the Issuers may reasonably request; and 
  
 (ii) (a) if the proposed ________ is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global
Note or the Note to be transferred consists of Certificated Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s
procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or
cancel the Certificated Notes, as the case may be, to be transferred, and (b) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s
procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Certificated Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee
shall decrease the amount of the Rule 144A Global Note. 
  
 (g)
The Depositary. The Depositary shall be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. The Issuers initially appoint The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Note. Initially, the Rule 144A Global Note
and the Regulation S Global Note shall be issued to the Depositary, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of the Depositary, and deposited with the Note Custodian for Cede & Co. 
  
 Notes in Certificated form issued in exchange for all or a part of a Global
Note pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. Upon execution
and authentication, the Trustee shall deliver such Certificated Notes in Certificated form to the persons in whose names such Notes in Certificated form are so registered. 
  
 Certificated Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in the Rule 144A
Global Note or the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, if at any time: 
  
 (i) the Depositary for the Notes notifies the Issuers that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Rule
144A Global Note or the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days after delivery of such notice; or 
  
 (ii) the Issuers, at their sole discretion, notify the
Trustee in writing that they elect to cause the issuance of Certificated Notes under this Indenture, 
  
 and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, authenticate and deliver Certificated Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal
to the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, in exchange for such Global Notes. 
  

 -27- 

 (h) Legends. 
  
 (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii) and (iii), each Note certificate evidencing Global
Notes and Certificated Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall (x) be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.6 (including those set forth in the legend below) unless such
restrictions on transfer shall be waived by written consent of the Issuers, and the Holder of each Transfer Restricted Security, by such Holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer and (y) bear the
legend set forth below (the “Private Placement Legend”): 
  
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR
PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS
SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION
DATE”) THAT IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES WERE THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUERS OR ANY
OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS
BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF
RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER
INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 
  
 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security (including any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Global Note)
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act: 
  
 (a) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security that is a Certificated Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange
such Transfer Restricted Security for a Certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth in (i) above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Security; and 
  

 -28- 

 (b) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Global Note, such
Transfer Restricted Security shall not be required to bear the legend set forth in (i) above, but shall continue to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.6(b) hereof; provided, however, that with respect to any request for an
exchange of a Transfer Restricted Security that is represented by a Global Note for a Certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth in (i) above, which request is made in reliance upon Rule 144, the Holder thereof shall certify in
writing to the Registrar that such request is being made pursuant to Rule 144 (such certifications to be substantially in the form of Exhibit D(2) hereto). 
  
 (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an
authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate Series B Notes in exchange for Series A Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer, which Series B Notes shall not bear the legend set forth in (i)
above, and the Registrar shall rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Series A Notes, in each case unless the Issuers have notified the Registrar in writing that the Holder of such Series A Notes is either (A) a broker-dealer, (B) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Series A Notes or (C) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144A) of the Issuers. 
  
 (iv) Each Global Note, whether or not a Transfer Restricted Security, shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:

  
 THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE
INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS
NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE
DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 
  
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE
COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO.,
HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
  
 (v) Any Global Note
may be endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or changes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture as may be required by the Note Custodian, the Depositary or by the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. in order for the Notes to be tradable on the PORTAL Market or tradable on Euroclear or Clearstream or as may be required for the Notes to be tradable on any other market developed for trading of securities pursuant to Rule
144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act or required to comply with any applicable law or any regulation thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Notes may be listed or
traded or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject. 
  
 (i) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in Global Notes have been exchanged for Certificated
Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, all Global Notes shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is
exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Notes shall be reduced accordingly 

  

 -29- 

 
and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction. In the
event of any transfer of any beneficial interest between the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note in accordance with the standing procedures and instructions between the Depositary and the Note Custodian and the transfer
restrictions set forth herein, the aggregate principal amount of each of the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall be appropriately increased or decreased, as the case may be, and an endorsement shall be made on each of the
Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction or increase. 
  
 (j) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
  
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the
Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
  
 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer, fee or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of
a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.6 and 9.5 hereof).

  
 (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to
register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  
 (iv) All Certificated Notes and Global Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Certificated Notes or Global Notes
shall be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Certificated Notes or Global Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
  
 (v) The Issuers shall not be required: 
  
 (a) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange
Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.2 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; or 
  
 (b) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so
selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
  
 (c) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
  
 (vi) Prior to due presentment of the registration of a
transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of all payments with respect to such Notes, and none of the Trustee,
any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Notes and Global Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof. 
  
 (viii) Each Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Issuers and the Trustee against any liability that may
result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law. 
  
 (ix) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to
monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or
beneficial owners of interests in any global security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evi- 

  

 -30- 

 
dence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine
substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
  
 Section 2.7. Replacement Notes. 
  
 If any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or either of the Issuers or the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an authentication
order in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements for replacement of Notes are met. An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the
Trustee and the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Trustee and the Issuers each may charge such Holder for their expenses in
replacing such Note. 
  
 Every replacement Note is an additional
obligation of the Issuers and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  

Section 2.8. Outstanding Notes. 
  
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee or the Note Custodian in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.9
hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because an Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds the Note. 
  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the
replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser for value. 
  
 If
the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
  
 If the Paying Agent (other than an Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to
pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
  
 Section 2.9. Treasury Notes. 
  
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the
Issuers, the Guarantors or by any Affiliate thereof shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver of consent, only Notes
that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. The Issuers agree to notify the Trustee of the existence of any such treasury Notes or Notes owned by an Issuer, any Guarantor or an Affiliate thereof.

  
 Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. 
  
 Until Certificated Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and
the Trustee, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Notes, but may have such variations as the Issuers
consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

 
 Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of
this Indenture. 
  

 -31- 

 Section 2.11. Cancellation. 
  
 The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to
the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or Paying Agent, and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of
transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of all canceled Notes in accordance with the Trustee’s usual procedures. The Trustee shall maintain a record of all canceled Notes. All canceled Notes shall be delivered
to the Issuers. Subject to Section 2.7 hereof the Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that have been paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  
 Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. 
  
 If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuers shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1 hereof. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the
amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be
less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuers)
shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
  

Section 2.13. Persons Deemed Owners. 
  
 Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer and subject to Section 2.12 hereof, the Issuers, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, any
co-registrar and any Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name any Note shall be registered upon the register of Notes kept by the Registrar as the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and
notwithstanding any notation of the ownership or other writing thereon made by anyone other than the Issuers, any co-registrar or any Registrar) for the purpose of receiving all payments with respect to such Note and for all other purposes, and none
of the Issuers, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, any co-registrar or any Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. 
  
 Section 2.14. CUSIP Numbers. 
  
 The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number, and if so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP number in notices of redemption or
exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on
the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change to the CUSIP numbers. 
  
 ARTICLE III. 
  
 REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE 
  
 Section 3.1. Notices to Trustee. 
  
 If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.7 or 3.8 hereof, they shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not
more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, the
Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the Redemption Price. 
  

 -32- 

 If the Issuers are required to offer to repurchase Notes pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 or
4.15 hereof, they shall notify the Trustee in writing, at least 45 days but not more than 60 days before the Purchase Date, of the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the repurchase shall occur, the Purchase Date, the principal amount of
Notes required to be repurchased and the Purchase Price and shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that (a) the Issuers are required to make or have made a Net Proceeds Offer or a Change of Control Offer, as the
case may be, and (b) the conditions set forth in Section 4.10 or 4.15 hereof, as the case may be, have been satisfied. 
  
 If the Registrar is not the Trustee, the Issuers shall, concurrently with each notice of redemption or repurchase, cause the Registrar to deliver to the
Trustee a certificate (upon which the Trustee may rely) setting forth the principal amounts of Notes held by each Holder. 
  
 Section 3.2. Selection of Notes. 
  
 Except as set forth below, if less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed either
in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed; or on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. In the event of
partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not
previously called for redemption. 
  
 If less than all of the
Notes tendered are to be repurchased pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall select the Notes or portions thereof to be repurchased in compliance with Section 4.10. In the event of partial repurchase by lot, the
particular Notes or portions thereof to be repurchased shall be selected at the close of business of the last Business Day prior to the Purchase Date. If less than all of the Notes tendered are to be repurchased pursuant to the provisions of Section
3.8 hereof, the Trustee shall select the Notes only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures). 
  
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption or
repurchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or repurchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or repurchased. Notes and portions thereof selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000;
except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. No Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in
part. 
  
 Section 3.3. Notice of Optional or Special Redemption.

  
 In the event Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.7
or 3.8 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date, the Issuers shall mail a notice of redemption to each Holder by first-class mail at its registered address, whose Notes are to be redeemed in whole or in part,
with a copy to the Trustee. 
  
 The notice shall identify the
Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed (including the CUSIP number, if any) and shall state: 
  
 (a) the Redemption Date; 
  
 (b) the Redemption Price; 
  
 (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption
Date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note; 
  
 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
  

 -33- 

 (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect
the Redemption Price, additional interest, if any, and, unless the Redemption Date is after a record date and or before the succeeding interest payment date, accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date; 
  
 (f) that, unless the Issuers default in making the
redemption payment, interest and any additional interest on Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price,
any additional interest and, unless the Redemption Date is after a record date and on or before the succeeding interest payment date, accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

  
 (g) if fewer than all the Notes are to be
redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial
redemption; 
  
 (h) the paragraph of the Notes
pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
  
 (i) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
printed on the Notes. 
  
 At the Issuers’ request, the
Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at their expense; provided that the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 40 days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that
the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
  
 Section 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Once notice of redemption is mailed, Notes or portions thereof called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date at the Redemption
Price. Upon surrender to any Paying Agent, such Notes or portions thereof shall be paid at the Redemption Price, plus additional interest, if any, and accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that installments
of interest which are due and payable on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, registered as such, at the close of business on the relevant record date for the payment of such installment of interest. On or
after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Issuers have deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price. 
  
 Section 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price or Purchase Price. 
  
 On or before 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on each Redemption Date or Purchase
Date, the Issuers shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the aggregate amount due on all Notes to be redeemed or repurchased on that date, including without limitation any accrued and unpaid
interest and additional interest, if any, to the Redemption Date or Repurchase Date. Upon written request by the Issuers, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money not required for that purpose. 
  
 Unless the Issuers default in making such payment, interest and any
additional interest on the Notes to be redeemed or repurchased will cease to accrue on the applicable Redemption Date or Purchase Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon
surrender because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest will be paid on the unpaid principal, from the applicable Redemption Date or Purchase Date until such principal is paid, and on any interest not paid on
such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1 hereof. 
  

 -34- 

 Section 3.6. Notes Redeemed or Repurchased in Part. 
  
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or repurchased in part, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate
for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to portion of the Note surrendered that is not to be redeemed or repurchased. 
  

Section 3.7. Optional Redemption. 
  
 Except as described below, the Notes are not redeemable before August 1, 2008. Thereafter, the Issuers may redeem the Notes at their option, in whole or
in part (an “Optional Redemption”), upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices set forth in the Notes. 
  

In addition, the Issuers must pay accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed to the date of redemption. Any redemption pursuant to this Section
3.7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.1 through 3.6 hereof. 
  
 Section 3.8. Special Redemption. 
  
 At any time,
or from time to time, on or prior to August 1, 2006, the Issuers may, at their option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings to redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the Notes (a “Special
Redemption”) at a redemption price of 107.0% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided, however, that: 
  
 (1) at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes issued
under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption; and 
  
 (2) the Issuers make such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Public Equity Offering. 
  
 Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.8 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.1 through 3.6 hereof. 
  
 Section 3.9. Repurchase upon Change of
Control Offer. 
  
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.15
hereof, the Issuers shall be required to commence a Change of Control Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
  
 The Change of Control Offer shall remain open for a period from the date of the mailing of the notice of the Change of Control Offer described in the next
paragraph until a date determined by the Issuers which is at least 30 but no more than 60 days from the date of mailing of such notice and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Change of
Control Payment Date”). On the Purchase Date, which shall be no later than the latest permissible Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall purchase the principal amount of Notes properly tendered in response to the Change of
Control Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
  
 Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers must send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee,
which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. The Change of Control Offer shall
be made to all Holders. The notice shall state: 
  
 (a) the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control, providing information, to the extent publicly available, regarding the Person or Persons acquiring control, and stating that the Change of Control Offer is being
made pursuant to this Section 3.9 and Section 4.15 hereof and that, to the extent lawful, all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; 
  

 -35- 

 (b) the Purchase Price, the Change of Control Payment Date, and the Purchase Date;

  
 (c) that any Note not properly tendered or
otherwise not accepted for repurchase will continue to accrue interest and additional interest, if any; 
  
 (d) that, unless the Issuers default in the payment of the amount due on the Purchase Date, all Notes or portions thereof accepted for
repurchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest and additional interest, if any, after the Purchase Date; 
  
 (e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with
the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a Depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (f) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be,
receives, not later than the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for repurchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his
election to have the Notes redeemed in whole or in part; and 
  
 (g) that Holders whose Notes are being repurchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the portion of the Notes tendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) that is not to be
repurchased, which portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. 
  
 Prior to the mailing of the notice referred to above, but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers covenant to:

  
 (1) repay in full and terminate all
commitments under Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and all other Senior Debt the terms of which require repayment upon a Change of Control or offer to repay in full and terminate all commitments under all Indebtedness under the Credit
Agreement and all other such Senior Debt and to repay the Indebtedness owed to (and terminate the commitments of) each lender which has accepted such offer; or 
  

(2) obtain the requisite consents under the Credit Agreement and all other Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of the Notes as
provided above. 
  
 The Issuers shall first comply with the
covenant in the immediately preceding paragraph before they shall be required to either repurchase Notes or send the notice pursuant to the provisions described above. The Issuers’ failure to comply with the covenant described in the
immediately preceding paragraph (and any failure to send the notice referred to in the second preceding paragraph as a result of the prohibition in the preceding paragraph) may (with notice and lapse of time) constitute an Event of Default described
in clause (3) but shall not constitute an Event of Default described in clause (2) in Section 6.1 hereof. 
  
 On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Purchase Price, together with accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, thereon to the Purchase Date in respect of all Notes or portions
thereof so tendered and accepted for repurchase and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being
repurchased by the Issuers. The Paying Agent shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail to each Holder of Notes so repurchased the amount due in connection with such Notes, and the Issuers shall promptly
issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to transfer by book entry) to each relevant Holder a new Note, in a principal
amount equal to any 

  

 -36- 

 
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered to the Holder thereof; provided, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $l,000 or and
integral multiple thereof. The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date. 
  

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and
additional interest, if any, in each case to the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer. 
  
 Section 3.10. Repurchase upon Application of
Excess Proceeds. 
  
 In the event that, pursuant to Section
4.10 hereof, the Issuers shall be required to commence a Net Proceeds Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
  
 The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer. The Net
Proceeds Offer shall be made to all Holders. Each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 25 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply
with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 in exchange for cash. A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain
open for a period of 20 Business Days or such longer period as may be required by law. If any Net Cash Proceeds remain after the consummation of any Net Proceeds Offer, Morris Publishing may use those Net Cash Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of each Net Proceeds Offer, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds will be reset at zero. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Net Proceeds Offer, shall state: 
  
 (a) that the Net Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to
this Section 3.10 and Section 4.10 hereof; 
  
 (b) the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Purchase Price and the Purchase Date; 
  
 (c) that any Note not properly tendered or otherwise not accepted for repurchase shall continue to accrue interest and additional
interest, if any; 
  
 (d) that, unless the
Issuers default in the payment of the amount due on the Purchase Date, all Notes or portions thereof accepted for repurchase pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrue interest and additional interest, if any, after the Purchase Date;

  
 (e) that Holders electing to have any Notes
repurchased pursuant to any Net Proceeds Offer shall be required to tender the Notes, with the form entitled Option of Holder To Elect Purchase on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a Depositary,
if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Purchase Date; 
  
 (f) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying
Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the Purchase Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for repurchase and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have such Notes repurchased in whole or in part; 
  
 (g) that, to the extent Holders properly tender Notes and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness properly tender such Indebtedness in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the tendered Notes and Pari Passu
Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate amounts of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (and the Trustee shall select the tendered Notes of tendering Holders on a pro rata basis
based on the amount of Notes tendered); and 
  

 -37- 

 (h) that Holders whose Notes are being repurchased only in part will be issued new Notes
equal in principal amount to the portion of the Notes tendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) that is not to be repurchased, which portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. 
  
 On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall to the extent lawful, (i)
accept for payment, on a pro rata basis in accordance with this Indenture to the extent necessary, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount of (A) Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer and (B) properly
tendered Pari Passu Indebtedness, or if less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness properly tendered, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Purchase Price, plus accrued
and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, thereon to the Purchase Date in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and accepted for repurchase and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted
together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being repurchased by the Issuers. The Paying Agent shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail
to each Holder of Notes so repurchased the amount due in connection with such Notes, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate shall
authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion to the Holder thereof; provided, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple
thereof. The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Net Proceeds Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date. 
  
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and
additional interest, if any, in each case to the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders to the Net Proceeds
Offer. 
  
 ARTICLE IV. 
  
 COVENANTS 
  
 Section 4.1. Payment of Principal and Interest. 
  
 The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal, Redemption Price and Purchase Price of, and interest on the Notes
on the dates, in the amounts and in the manner provided herein and in the Notes. Principal, Redemption Price, Purchase Price and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than an Issuer, holds as of 10:00 a.m.
Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuers in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay the aggregate amount then due. The Issuers shall pay all additional interest, if any, on the dates, in the amounts
and in the manner set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal, Redemption Price and Purchase Price at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable
interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; the Issuers shall also pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and additional interest (without regard to any
applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  
 Section 4.2.
Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
  
 The Issuers shall
maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for
exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or
agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the office of
the Trustee in the City of New York. 
  

 -38- 

 The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes
may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of their obligations to
maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, for such purposes. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other
office or agency. 
  
 The Issuers hereby designate the office of
the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof. The Trustee may resign such agency at any time by giving written notice to the Issuers no later than 30 days prior to the effective date of such
resignation. 
  
 Section 4.3. Reports. 
  
 Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so
long as any Notes are outstanding Morris Publishing will furnish the Holders of Notes: 
  
 (i) beginning with reports for the quarter ended September 30, 2003, all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required
to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if Morris Publishing were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that
describes the financial condition and results of operations of Morris Publishing and its consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto and in Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the financial condition and results of operations of Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the
Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Morris Publishing, if any) and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by Morris Publishing’s independent public accountants; 
  
 (ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if Morris
Publishing were required to file such reports, in each case within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations; and 
  
 (iii) the certifications that would be required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
if Morris Publishing were required to file such certificates, in each case within the time periods specified in such Section 302 and the Commission’s rules and regulations. 
  
 In addition, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission,
Morris Publishing will file a copy of all such information and reports with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing)
and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, Morris Publishing has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts
and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
  
 Section 4.4. Compliance Certificate. 
  
 The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate from its principal executive officer, principal
financial officer or principal accounting officer further stating that a review of the activities of the Issuers and the Guarantors during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to
determining whether the Issuers and the Guarantors have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their respective obligations under this Indenture in all material respects, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that
to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuers and the Guarantors have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture in all material respects and are not in Default in the performance or observance of
any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (and, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults 

  

 -39- 

 
or Events of Default) of which he or she may have knowledge, and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by
reason of which, payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event. 
  
 So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the
year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.3 above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the
examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that any of the Issuers or Guarantors has violated any provisions of Article IV or Article V hereof or, if any
such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

  
 The Issuers shall, so long as any of the Notes are
outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer of an Issuer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default; provided that the Issuers shall provide
such Officers’ Certificate at least annually whether or not any officer knows of any Default or Event of Default. 
  
 Section 4.5. Taxes. 
  
 The Issuers shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments,
and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 4.6. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
  
 Each of the Issuers covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that
it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and each of the Issuers (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the
execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though such law has not been enacted. 
  

	Section	4.7. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

  
 Morris Publishing will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
  
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution
(other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock of Morris Publishing) on or in respect of shares of Morris Publishing’s Capital Stock to holders of such Capital Stock; 
  
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for
value any Capital Stock of Morris Publishing; or 
  
 (3) make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) 
  
 (each of
the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) being referred to as a “Restricted Payment”); 
  
 if at the time of such Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto, 
  
 (i) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or 
  

 -40- 

 (ii) Morris Publishing is not able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
(other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.9 hereof; or 
  
 (iii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments (including such proposed Restricted Payment) made subsequent to the Issue Date (the amount expended for such purposes, if other than in cash, being the fair market
value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Morris Publishing) shall exceed the sum of: 
  
 (w) the sum of (1) 100% of the cumulative Consolidated EBITDA (or if cumulative Consolidated EBITDA shall be a loss, minus 100% of such
loss) of Morris Publishing earned subsequent to the Issue Date and on or prior to the date the Restricted Payment occurs (the “Reference Date”) (treating such period as a single accounting period) less (2) 140 % of the Consolidated
Interest Expense of Morris Publishing for such period; plus 
  
 (x) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of property or other assets (determined in compliance with Section 4.11 hereof if contributed by an Affiliate) received by Morris Publishing from
any Person (other than a Subsidiary of Morris Publishing) from the issuance and sale subsequent to the Issue Date and on or prior to the Reference Date of Qualified Capital Stock of Morris Publishing or warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Qualified Capital Stock of Morris Publishing (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Qualified Capital Stock); plus 
  
 (y) without duplication of any amounts included in clause (iii)(x) above, 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market
value of property or other assets (determined in compliance with Section 4.11 hereof if contributed by an Affiliate) of any common equity contribution received by Morris Publishing from a holder of Morris Publishing’s Capital Stock subsequent
to the Issue Date and on or prior to the Reference Date (excluding, in the case of clauses (iii)(x) and (y), any net cash proceeds from a Public Equity Offering to the extent used to redeem the Notes in compliance with the provisions set forth in
Section 3.8 hereof); plus 
  
 (z) without
duplication, the sum of: 
  
 (1) the aggregate
amount returned in cash on or with respect to Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made subsequent to the Issue Date whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other distributions or payments; 
  
 (2) the net cash proceeds received by Morris Publishing or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the disposition of all or any portion of such Investments (other than to a Subsidiary of Morris Publishing); and 
  
 (3) upon redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of such Subsidiary; 
  
 provided, however, that the sum of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above shall not
exceed the aggregate amount of all such Investments made subsequent to the Issue Date. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph do not prohibit: 
  
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend if the dividend would have been permitted on
the date of declaration; 
  
 (2) if no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the acquisition of any shares of Capital Stock of Morris Publishing, either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of Morris Publishing or (ii) through the application of
net proceeds of a substantially concurrent 

  

 -41- 

 
sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of Morris Publishing) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of Morris Publishing; 
  
 (3) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, repurchases by Morris Publishing of Common Stock of Morris Publishing from officers, directors and employees of Morris Publishing or any of its Subsidiaries (other than officers, directors and employees that are Permitted
Holders or any Affiliates thereof) or their authorized representatives upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such employees or termination of their seat on the board of Morris Publishing, in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$5.0 million in any calendar year; and 
  
 (4)
Permitted Tax Distributions. 
  
 In determining the aggregate
amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with clause (iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph, amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1), (2)(ii) and (4) above shall be included in such calculation.

  
 Section 4.8. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 Morris Publishing will
not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris
Publishing to: 
  
 (1) pay dividends or make any
other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock; 
  
 (2) make loans or advances to Morris Publishing or any other Restricted Subsidiary or to pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to Morris Publishing or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing; or

  
 (3) transfer any of its property or assets to
Morris Publishing or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing, except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
  
 (a) applicable law; 
  
 (b) this Indenture; 
  
 (c) customary non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease governing a leasehold interest of any
Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing; 
  
 (d) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired;

  
 (e) agreements existing on the Issue Date to
the extent and in the manner such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date; 
  
 (f) the Credit Agreement; 
  
 (g) an agreement governing other Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that, with respect to any agreement governing such other Senior
Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction are no less favorable to Morris Publishing in any material respect as determined by the Board of Directors of Morris Publishing in its reasonable and good
faith judgment than the provisions contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; 
  

 -42- 

 (h) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien permitted under this
Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien; 
  
 (i) restrictions imposed by any agreement to sell assets or Capital Stock permitted under this Indenture to any Person pending the closing of such sale; 
  
 (j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements (in each case relating
solely to the respective joint venture or similar entity or the equity interests therein) entered into in the ordinary course of business; and 
  
 (k) an agreement governing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance the Indebtedness issued, assumed or incurred pursuant to an agreement
referred to in clauses (b), (d), (e), (g) and (h) above; provided, however, that the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in any such Indebtedness are no less favorable to Morris Publishing in any material
respect as determined by the Board of Directors of Morris Publishing in their reasonable and good faith judgment than the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in agreements referred to in such clauses (b), (d), (e), (g)
and (h). 
  
 Section 4.9. Limitation on Incurrence of Additional
Indebtedness. 
  
 Morris Publishing will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become responsible for payment of (collectively,
“incur”) any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness); provided, however, that if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or as a consequence of the incurrence of any
such Indebtedness, Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is or, upon such incurrence, becomes a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Capital
Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing that is not or will not, upon such incurrence, become a Guarantor may incur Acquired Indebtedness, in each case if on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to
the incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of Morris Publishing shall not be greater than 6.5 to 1.0. 
  
 Section 4.10. Limitation on Asset Sales. 
  
 Morris Publishing will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
  
 (1) Morris Publishing or the applicable Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by Morris Publishing’s Board of Directors);

  
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration
received by Morris Publishing or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale shall be in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Replacement Assets (as defined below) and is received at the time of such disposition;
provided, however, that the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on Morris Publishing’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of Morris Publishing or any such Restricted Subsidiary (other
than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee of a Guarantor) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and (ii) any notes or other
obligations received by Morris Publishing or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are immediately converted by Morris Publishing or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) shall be deemed, to the
extent of cash so received, to be cash for purposes of this provision; and 
  
 (3) upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, Morris Publishing shall apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within 360 days of receipt thereof:

  
 (a) to prepay any Senior Debt or Guarantor
Senior Debt and, in the case of any Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt under any revolving credit facility, effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility; 
  

 -43- 

 (b) to make an investment in properties and assets that replace the properties and assets
that were the subject of such Asset Sale or in properties and assets (excluding Capital Stock) that will be used in the business of Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries as existing on the Issue Date or in businesses reasonably related
thereto (“Replacement Assets”); and/or 
  
 (c) a combination of prepayment and investment permitted by the foregoing clauses (3)(a) and (3)(b). 
  
 Pending the final application of such Net Cash Proceeds, Morris Publishing may temporarily reduce borrowings under the Credit Agreement or any other
revolving credit facility. On the 361st day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of
Directors of Morris Publishing or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (3)(a), (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the preceding paragraph (each, a “Net Proceeds
Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (3)(a), (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the preceding paragraph (each a “Net
Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by Morris Publishing or such Restricted Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of any Pari Passu
Indebtedness, an offer to purchase to all holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 45 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date,
from all Holders (and holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness) on a pro rata basis, that amount of Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness) equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and
Pari Passu Indebtedness) to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase; provided, however, that if at any time any non-cash consideration received by Morris Publishing or any Restricted
Subsidiary of Morris Publishing, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such conversion
or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this covenant. 
  
 Morris Publishing may defer the Net Proceeds Offer until there is an aggregate unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount equal to or in excess of $10.0 million
resulting from one or more Asset Sales (at which time, the entire unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount, and not just the amount in excess of $10.0 million, shall be applied as required pursuant to this paragraph). 
  
 In the event of the transfer of substantially all (but not all) of the
property and assets of Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries as an entirety to a Person in a transaction permitted under Section 5.1 hereof, which transaction does not constitute a Change of Control, the successor corporation shall be
deemed to have sold the properties and assets of Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this covenant, and shall comply with the provisions of this covenant with respect to such deemed sale as if it were
an Asset Sale. In addition, the fair market value of such properties and assets of Morris Publishing or its Restricted Subsidiaries deemed to be sold shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds for purposes of this covenant. 
  
 Morris Publishing will not, and will not cause or permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any Asset Swaps, unless: 
  
 (1) at the time of entering into such Asset Swap and immediately after giving effect to such Asset Swap, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

  
 (2) in the event such Asset Swap involves the
transfer by Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $25.0 million, either (i) the terms of such Asset Swap shall be approved by a majority of the Independent Directors of Morris
Publishing, but in no event fewer than two Independent Directors of Morris Publishing, such approval to be evidenced by a 

  

 -44- 

 
Board Resolution stating that such Independent Directors have determined that such transaction complies with the foregoing provisions or, (ii) in the event
there are fewer than two such Independent Directors, Morris Publishing shall, prior to the consummation thereof, obtain a favorable opinion as to the fairness of such Asset Swap to Morris Publishing or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
from a financial point of view, from an Independent Financial Advisor and file the same with the Trustee; and 
  
 (3) in the event such Asset Swap involves the transfer by Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets having an aggregate
fair market value in excess of $50.0 million, Morris Publishing shall, prior to the consummation thereof, obtain a favorable opinion as to the fairness of such Asset Swap to Morris Publishing or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a
financial point of view, from an Independent Financial Advisor and file the same with the Trustee. 
  
 Morris Publishing will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the “Asset Sale” provisions
of this Indenture, Morris Publishing shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the “Asset Sale” provisions of this Indenture by virtue thereof.

  
 Section 4.11. Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates. 

 
 Morris Publishing will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or
for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), other than (x) Affiliate Transactions permitted under the second succeeding paragraph below and (y) Affiliate Transactions on terms that are no less
favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of Morris Publishing or such Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 All Affiliate Transactions (and each series of related Affiliate Transactions
which are similar or part of a common plan) involving aggregate payments or other property with a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million shall either (i) be approved by a majority of the Independent Directors of Morris Publishing, but in no
event fewer than two Independent Directors of Morris Publishing, such approval to be evidenced by a Board Resolution stating that such Independent Directors have determined that such transaction complies with the foregoing provisions or, (ii) in the
event there are fewer than two such Independent Directors, Morris Publishing shall, prior to the consummation thereof, obtain a favorable opinion as to the fairness of such Affiliate Transaction to Morris Publishing or such Restricted Subsidiary, as
the case may be, from a financial point of view, from an Independent Financial Advisor and file the same with the Trustee. If Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing enters into an Affiliate Transaction (or a series of
related Affiliate Transactions related to a common plan) that involves an aggregate fair market value of more than $5.0 million, Morris Publishing shall, prior to the consummation thereof, obtain a favorable opinion as to the fairness of such
transaction or series of related transactions to Morris Publishing or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view, from an Independent Financial Advisor and file the same with the Trustee. 
  
 The restrictions set forth in this covenant shall not apply to: 

 
 (1) reasonable fees and compensation paid to and
indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing as determined in good faith by Morris Publishing’s Board of Directors or senior management;

  
 (2) transactions exclusively between or among
Morris Publishing and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors or exclusively between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; 
  

 -45- 

 (3) the Services Agreement or, an amendment or replacement agreement thereto so long as
any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; 
  
 (4) Restricted Payments permitted by this Indenture; 
  
 (5) transactions in the ordinary course of business
exclusively between Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and a joint venture to which Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party; provided, however, that the other party or parties to such joint venture are
not Affiliates of Morris Publishing, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Permitted Holder; and 
  
 (6) transactions pursuant to clauses (11) and (12) under the definition of “Permitted Investments.” 
  
 Section 4.12. Limitation on Liens. 
  
 Morris Publishing will not, and will not cause or permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind against or upon any property or assets of Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries whether owned on the Issue
Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or any proceeds therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits therefrom unless: 
  
 (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be, are secured
by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; and 
  
 (2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be, are equally and ratably secured, except for:

  
 (a) Liens existing as of the Issue Date to
the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date; 
  
 (b) Liens securing Senior Debt and Liens securing Guarantor Senior Debt; 
  
 (c) Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees; 
  

(d) Liens of Morris Publishing or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing on assets of any Restricted Subsidiary of
Morris Publishing; 
  
 (e) Liens securing
Refinancing Indebtedness which is incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness which has been secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture and which has been incurred in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided,
however, that such Liens: (i) are no less favorable to the Holders in any material respect and are not more favorable to the lienholders in any material respect with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being
Refinanced; and (ii) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so Refinanced; and 
  
 (f) Permitted Liens. 
  
 Section 4.13. Continued Existence. 
  
 Subject to Article V hereof, each of the Issuers and the Guarantors shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force
and effect (i) its corporate or other existence in accordance with the organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuers or such Guarantor and (ii) the material rights (charter and statutory), licenses and
franchises of the Issuers or such Guarantor, except to the 

  

 -46- 

 
extent that the applicable Board of Directors determines in good faith that the preservation of such right, license or franchise is no longer necessary or
desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuers or such Guarantor. 
  
 Section 4.14. Insurance Matters. 
  
 Morris
Publishing shall provide or cause to be provided, for itself and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds that, in the reasonable, good faith opinion of Morris
Publishing, are adequate and appropriate for the conduct of the business of Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries in a prudent manner, with reputable insurers or with the government of the United States of America or an agency or
instrumentality thereof, in such amounts, with such deductibles, and by such methods as shall be either (i) consistent with past practices of Morris Publishing or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) customary, in the reasonable, good faith
opinion of Morris Publishing, for corporations similarly situated in the industry, unless the failure to provide such insurance (together with all other such failures) would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of
operations of Morris Publishing and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
  
 Section 4.15. Offer To Repurchase upon Change of Control. 
  
 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Notes,
pursuant to the offer described below, (a “Change of Control Offer”) at a Purchase Price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued interest to the Purchase Date. The Change of Control Offer shall be made
in compliance with the applicable procedures set forth in Article III hereof and shall include all instructions and materials necessary to enable Holders to tender their Notes. 
  
 The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the
Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
under such Change of Control Offer. 
  
 The Issuers will comply
with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.15, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this
Section 4.15 by virtue hereof. 
  
 Section 4.16. Additional Subsidiary
Guarantees. 
  
 If Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries transfers or causes to be transferred, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, any property to any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, or if Morris Publishing or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
shall organize, acquire or otherwise invest in another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary having total assets with a book value in excess of $500,000, then Morris Publishing shall cause such transferee or acquired or other Restricted Subsidiary to:

  
 (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of Morris Publishing’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture on the terms set forth
in this Indenture; and 
  
 (2) deliver to the
Trustee an opinion of counsel that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary.
Thereafter, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of this Indenture. 
  

 -47- 

 Section 4.17. Conduct of Business. 
  
 (a) Limitations on Activities of Morris Publishing. Morris Publishing will not, and will not cause or permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business; provided, however, that Morris Publishing may continue the business of any Restricted Subsidiary acquired in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

  
 (b) Limitations on Activities of Morris Finance. Morris
Finance will not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than the issue of Capital Stock to Morris Publishing or any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of Morris Publishing, the incurrence of Indebtedness as a co-obligor or guarantor of the Notes, the Obligations under the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by Morris Publishing pursuant to
Section 4.9 hereof; provided, however, that the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are retained by Morris Publishing or loaned to or contributed as capital to one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Morris Publishing other than
Morris Finance, and activities incidental thereto. Morris Publishing will not, and will not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any transactions with Morris Finance in violation of the preceding sentence. 
  
 Section 4.18. Payments for Consent. 
  
 Morris Publishing will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the
Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 

 
 Section 4.19. Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. 

 
 Morris Publishing will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that
is not an Issuer or a Guarantor to issue any Preferred Stock (other than to Morris Publishing or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing) or permit any Person (other than Morris Publishing or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
of Morris Publishing) to own any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing that is not an Issuer or a Guarantor. 
  
 Section 4.20. Prohibition on Incurrence of Senior Subordinated Debt. 
  
 Morris Publishing will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to, incur or suffer to exist Indebtedness that is senior in
right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, as the case may be, and subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of Morris Publishing or such Guarantor, as the case may be. 
  
 ARTICLE V. 
  
 SUCCESSORS 
  
 Section 5.1. Merger, Consolidation and or Sale of Assets. 
  
 Morris Publishing will not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign,
transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of Morris Publishing’s assets
(determined on a consolidated basis for Morris Publishing and Morris Publishing’s Restricted Subsidiaries) whether as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any Person unless: 
  
 (1) either: 
  
 (a) Morris Publishing shall be the surviving or continuing
corporation; or 
  

 -48- 

 (b) the Person (if other than Morris Publishing) formed by such consolidation or into
which Morris Publishing is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition the properties and assets of Morris Publishing and of Morris Publishing’s Restricted Subsidiaries substantially
as an entirety (the “Surviving Entity”): 
  
 (x) shall be a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; and 
  
 (y) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in
form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the performance of every covenant of the Notes, the
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement on the part of Morris Publishing to be performed or observed; 
  
 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(b)(y) above (including giving effect
to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), Morris Publishing or such Surviving Entity, as the case may be, (a) shall have a Consolidated Net Worth equal
to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of Morris Publishing immediately prior to such transaction and (b) shall be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.9 hereof;

  
 (3) immediately before and immediately after
giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(b)(y) above (including, without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred and any Lien granted in
connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and 
  
 (4) Morris Publishing or the Surviving Entity shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel,
each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture complies with the
applicable provisions of the Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied. 
  
 For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of Morris Publishing the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Morris Publishing, shall be deemed to be the
transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Morris Publishing. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3), Morris Publishing may merge with an Affiliate that is a Person that has no material assets or liabilities and which was organized solely for the purpose of
reorganizing Morris Publishing in another jurisdiction. 
  
 The
Indenture will provide that upon any consolidation, combination or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Morris Publishing in accordance with the foregoing in which Morris Publishing is not the continuing corporation,
the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which Morris Publishing is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, Morris Publishing
under the Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as such. 
  
 Each Guarantor (other than any Guarantor whose Guarantee is to be released in accordance with the terms of the Guarantee and the Indenture in connection
with any transaction complying with Section 4.10 

  

 -49- 

 
hereof) will not, and Morris Publishing will not cause or permit any Guarantor to, consolidate with or merge with or into any Person other than Morris
Publishing or any other Guarantor unless: 
  
 (1)
the entity formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership
organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; 
  
 (2) such entity assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Guarantor on the Guarantee; 
  
 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 
  
 (4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, Morris Publishing could satisfy the provisions of clause (2) of the first paragraph
of this covenant. 
  
 Any merger or consolidation of a Guarantor
with and into Morris Publishing (with Morris Publishing being the surviving entity) or another Guarantor that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing need only comply with clause (4) of the first paragraph of this covenant.

  
 Section 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted. 
  
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Morris Publishing, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 5.1 hereof, the Surviving Entity shall succeed to and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, Morris
Publishing, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as Morris Publishing, as the case may be, herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be
relieved from the obligation to pay the principal, Purchase Price or Redemption Price of or interest or additional interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section
5.1 hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE VI. 
  
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  
 Section 6.1. Events of Default. 
  
 Each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default”:

  
 (1) the failure to pay interest on any Notes
when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days (whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture); 
  
 (2) the failure to pay the principal on any Notes, when such
principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes properly tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer) (whether or not such payment
shall be prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture); 
  
 (3) a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture which default continues for a period of 30 days after Morris Publishing receives written notice specifying
the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the case of a default with respect 

  

 -50- 

 
to Section 5.1, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement); 
  
 (4) the failure to pay at final maturity (giving effect to
any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the stated principal amount of any Indebtedness of Morris Publishing or any Restricted Subsidiary of Morris Publishing, or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such
Indebtedness (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 20 days of receipt by Morris Publishing or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration) if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness is
$5.0 million or more or the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final stated maturity or which has been accelerated (in each case with
respect to which the 20-day period described above has elapsed), aggregates $10.0 million or more at any time; 
  
 (5) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $10.0 million shall have been rendered against Morris Publishing or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; 
  
 (6) Morris Publishing, Morris Finance or any Significant Subsidiary of Morris Publishing: 
  
 (a) commences a voluntary case under any Bankruptcy Law,

  
 (b) consents to the entry of an order for
relief against it in an involuntary case, 
  
 (c)
consents to the appointment of a custodian or receiver of it or for all or substantially, all of its property, 
  
 (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
  
 (e) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 
  
 (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or
decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
  
 (a) is
for relief in an involuntary case against Morris Publishing, Morris Finance or any Significant Subsidiary of Morris Publishing; 
  
 (b) appoints a custodian or receiver of Morris Publishing, Morris Finance or any Significant Subsidiary of Morris Publishing or for all or
substantially all of the property of any of the foregoing; 
  
 (c) orders the liquidation of Morris Publishing, Morris Finance or any Significant Subsidiary of Morris Publishing and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 
  
 (8) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be
in full force and effect or any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary is found to be invalid or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies its
liability under its Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture). 
  
 Section 6.2. Acceleration. 
  
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) of Section 6.1 with respect to Morris Publishing) shall occur and be
continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal 

  

 -51- 

 
amount of outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to Morris
Publishing and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “Acceleration Notice”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable; provided,
however, that if there are any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement, the Notes shall not become due and payable until the first to occur of (i) an acceleration under the Credit Agreement or (ii) five Business Days after receipt by
Morris Publishing and the Representative under the Credit Agreement of such Acceleration Notice but only if such Event of Default is then continuing. 
  
 If an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.1 with respect to Morris Publishing occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal
of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

  
 At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect
to the Notes as described in the preceding paragraph, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences: 
  
 (1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree; 
  
 (2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or
waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration; 
  
 (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has
become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 
  
 (4) if Morris Publishing has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and 
  
 (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (6) of Section
6.1, the Trustee shall have received an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

  
 Section 6.3. Other Remedies. 
  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any
available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or additional interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the
Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding, and any recovery or judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the
Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  
 Section 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. 
  
 The
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may waive any existing or past Default or Event of Default under this Indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Notes. Upon any such
waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right
consequent thereon. 
  

 -52- 

 Section 6.5. Control by Majority. 
  
 Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting
any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with applicable law or this Indenture that the Trustee
reasonably determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may subject the Trustee to personal liability and shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 7.1(c)(iii) and (e) hereof. 
  
 Section 6.6. Limitation on Suits. 
  
 A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the
Notes only if: 
  
 (a) the Holder of a Note gives
to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
  
 (b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
  
 (c) such Holder or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory
to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
  
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of satisfactory indemnity; and 
  
 (e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do
not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 
  
 A Holder of a
Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
  
 Section 6.7. Rights of Holders of Notes To Receive Payment. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, interest
or additional interest, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates thereon (including in connection with an offer to repurchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be
impaired or affected without the written consent of such Holder. 
  
 Section 6.8.
Collection Suit by Trustee. 
  
 If an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.l (1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium and additional interest,
if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and additional interest, if any, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
including the reasonable compensation, expense, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  
 Section 6.9. [Intentionally Omitted]. 
  

	Section	6.10. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

  
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents (including accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate) and
counsel) and the Holders of the Notes 

  

 -53- 

 
allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and
empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in
the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel,
and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section
7.7 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the
Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or
adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

  
 Section 6.11. Priorities. 
  
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out
the money in the following order: 
  
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.7 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of
collection; 
  
 Second: to Holders of
Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, Purchase Price, Redemption Price and additional interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes
for principal, Purchase Price, Redemption Price and additional interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and 
  
 Third: to the Issuers, the Guarantors or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
  
 The Trustee may fix a special record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of
Notes pursuant to this Section 6.11. 
  
 Section 6.12. Undertaking for
Costs. 
  
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and
the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party
litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE VII. 
  
 TRUSTEE 
  
 Section 7.1. Duties of Trustee. 
  
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
  

 -54- 

 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
  
 (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by
the express provisions of this Indenture and the TIA and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture or the TIA
against the Trustee; and 
  
 (ii) in the absence
of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, without investigation, as to the truth or the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon and statements, certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and
conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  
 However, in the case of any
such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements
of this Indenture. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from
liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
  
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
  
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.5 hereof. 
  
 (d) Whether or
not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.1. 
  
 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 6.5 hereof, unless such Holder shall have offered to the
Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with
the Issuers. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 Section 7.2. Rights of Trustee. 
  
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrain from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the written advice of such counsel and Opinions of
Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
  

 -55- 

 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys, accountants, experts and such other agents or
professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney, accountant, expert or other such agent or professional appointed with due care. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take
in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
  
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuers shall be sufficiently evidenced by
a written order signed by two Officers of an Issuer. 
  
 (f) The
Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof (other than under Section 6.1(1) (subject to the following sentence) or Section 6.1(2) hereof) unless either (i) a Responsible Officer shall have
actual knowledge thereof, or (ii) the Trustee shall have received notice thereof in accordance with Section 13.2 hereof from the Issuers or any Holder of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the Issuers’ obligation to
pay additional interest, or the cessation of such obligation, unless the Trustee receives written notice thereof from the Issuers or any Holder. 
  
 (g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are
extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
  

(h) The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
  
 (i) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or
powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs,
expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
  
 (j) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or
matters as it may see fit. 
  
 Section 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee.

  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become
the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the
meaning of the TIA it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply (subject to the consent of the Issuers) to the Commission for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is
also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
  
 Section 7.4. Trustee’s
Disclaimer. 
  
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and
makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers’ direction under
any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the
Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
  

 -56- 

	Section	7.5. Notice of Defaults. 

  
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default known to
it within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment on any Note (including the failure to make a mandatory repurchase pursuant hereto), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible
Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
  

	Section	7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holder of the Notes. 

  
 Within 60 days after each February 15 beginning with the February 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding,
the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting
date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 
  
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuers and filed with the
Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom. 
  
 Section 7.7. Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnity. 
  
 The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for
its acceptance of this Indenture and the rendering by it of the services required hereunder as shall be agreed upon in writing by the Issuers and the Trustee. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a
trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by or on behalf of it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses
shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s attorneys, accountants, experts and such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate. 
  
 The Issuers shall indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee against
any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration
of its duties under this Indenture (including its duties under Section 9.6 hereof), including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or any Guarantee against the Issuers or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.7) and defending itself
against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuers, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such
loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the
Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend any claim or threatened claim asserted against the Trustee, and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the
reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuers need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
  
 The obligations of the Issuers under this Section 7.7 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the termination of this Indenture. 
  
 To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay
principal, Redemption Price or Purchase Price of or additional interest, if any, or interest on, particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the
termination of this Indenture. 
  

 -57- 

 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section
6.1(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 Section 7.8. Replacement of Trustee. 
  
 A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
  
 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of Notes of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if: 
  
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
  
 (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an
order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
  
 (c) a custodian, receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property for the purpose of rehabilitation, conversation or
liquidation; or 
  
 (d) the Trustee becomes
incapable of acting. 
  
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or
if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the date on which the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers. 
  
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers, or the
Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction, in the case of the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuers, for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

 
 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been
a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor
Trustee. 
  
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written
acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture. The Issuers shall mail a notice of its succession to Holder of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee
hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.7 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.7 hereof shall continue for the benefit of
the retiring Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

  
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or
transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation that is eligible under Section 7.10 hereof, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
  

	Section	7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 

  
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of
any state thereof (including the District of Columbia) that is 

  

 -58- 

 
authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a
combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
  
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA §
310(b). 
  
 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against
Issuers. 
  
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a),
excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  
 ARTICLE VIII. 
  
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
  
 Section 8.1. Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with
the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII. 
  
 Section 8.2. Legal
Defeasance and Discharge. 
  
 Upon the Issuers’ exercise
under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all
outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire
Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to the “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) through (d) below, and
to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which
shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
  
 (a) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due; 
  
 (b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration
of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payments; 
  
 (c) the rights, powers, trust, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and

  
 (d) the Legal Defeasance provisions of this
Article VIII. 
  
 Subject to compliance with this Article VIII,
the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.2, notwithstanding the prior exercise of their option under Section 8.3 hereof. 
  
 Section 8.3. Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction of
the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.9, 3.10, 4.3, 4.5, 4.7 through 4.12, 4.13 (except with respect to the existence of each Issuer) and 4.14 through 4.20
hereof, both inclusive, and Section 5.1(2) with respect to the outstanding 

  

 -59- 

 
Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall
thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed
“outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the
Issuers may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason
of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof, but, except as specified above the remainder of
this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4
hereof, Sections 6.1(3) through 6.1(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 
  
 Section 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The following are the conditions precedent to the application of either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof to the outstanding Notes: 
  
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: 
  
 (1) Morris Publishing must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders
cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if
any, and interest on the Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be; 
  
 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that: 
  
 (a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
  
 (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, 
  
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm
that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

  
 (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings); 
  
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not
result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under this Indenture (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings) or

  

 -60- 

 
any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries is a party or by which Morris Publishing or any of its
Subsidiaries is bound; 
  
 (6) the Issuers shall
have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Issuers or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying
or defrauding any other creditors of the Issuers or others; 
  
 (7) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant
Defeasance have been complied with; 
  
 (8) the
Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that: 
  
 (a) the trust funds will not be subject to any rights of holders of Senior Debt, including, without limitation, those arising under this
Indenture; and 
  
 (b) assuming no intervening
bankruptcy of the Issuers between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the date of deposit and that no
Holder is an insider of the Issuers, after the 91st day following the date of deposit, the trust funds will not be
subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and 
  
 (9) certain other customary conditions precedent are satisfied. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the opinion of counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need
not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the
giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers. 
  
 Section 8.5. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
  
 Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and U.S. Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying
trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5 only, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such
Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (other than an Issuer) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal or Redemption
Price of, and additional interest, if any, interest on, the Notes, that such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government
Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee
shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or U.S. Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an
equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  

 - 61- 

 Section 8.6. Repayment to the Issuers. 
  
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the
principal, Redemption Price or Purchase Price of, or additional interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their written request or (if
then held by an Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuers for payment thereof as a general creditor, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such
trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, at the expense of the Issuers, may
cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national editions), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days after the date of such
notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers. 
  
 Section 8.7. Reinstatement. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order of judgment of any court or governmental
authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Indenture, and the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had
occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the
Issuers make any payment with respect to any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

  
 ARTICLE IX. 
  
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
  
 Section 9.1. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 From time to time, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, without the
consent of the Holders, may amend this Indenture for certain specified purposes, including curing ambiguities, defects or inconsistencies, so long as such change does not, in the opinion of the Trustee, adversely affect the rights of any of the
Holders in any material respect. In formulating its opinion on such matters, the Trustee will be entitled to rely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, solely on an opinion of counsel. Other modifications and
amendments of this Indenture may be made with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Notes held by Affiliates of Morris Publishing) issued under this Indenture, except that, without the
consent of each Holder affected thereby, no amendment may: 
  
 (1) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; 
  
 (2) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any
Notes; 
  
 (3) reduce the principal of or change
or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the redemption price therefor; 
  
 (4) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 
  
 (5) make any change in provisions of this Indenture
protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Note on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to 

  

 - 62- 

 
enforce such payment, or permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default; 
  
 (6) after the Issuers’ obligation to purchase Notes
arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Issuers to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with respect to any
Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change of Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto; 
  
 (7) modify or change any provision of this Indenture or the
related definitions affecting the subordination or ranking of the Notes or any Guarantee in a manner which adversely affects the Holders; or 
  
 (8) release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture otherwise
than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 No
amendment of, or supplement or waiver to, this Indenture shall adversely affect the rights of the holders of any Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt under the subordination provisions of this Indenture (including any defined terms as used therein)
without the consent of each holder of Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt affected thereby. 
  
 Section 9.2. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.2, the Issuers and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented, in each case, with the consent of the Holders of at least
a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.2, 6.4 and 6.7 hereof, any existing Default
or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a
tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). 
  
 Without the
consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
  
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes at maturity whose Holders must consent to an amendment; 
  
 (2) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of
changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any Notes; 
  
 (3) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any
Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the redemption price therefor; 
  
 (4) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 
  
 (5) make any change in provisions of this Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on
such Holder’s Note or Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default; 
  
 (6) after the Issuers’ obligation to purchase Notes
arises hereunder, amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Issuers to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with respect to any
Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change of Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto; 
  

 - 63- 

 (7) modify or change any provision of this Indenture or the related definitions affecting
the ranking of the Notes or any Guarantee in a manner which adversely affects the Holders; or 
  
 (8) release Morris Publishing or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of Morris Publishing from any of its obligations under its
Guarantee or this Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 Upon the written request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of the Board (evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate) authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the
filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers
in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion,
but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 
  
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the
substance thereof. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver
under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall
not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. 
  
 Section 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then
in effect. 
  
 Section 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

 
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to
it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any
Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment,
supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and therefore binds every Holder. 
  
 Section 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
  
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes
that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Failure to
make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Section 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendment, Etc. 
  
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely
affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuers may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until the Board of Directors approves such amendment or supplemental indenture. In executing any amended or
supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall receive, in addition to the documents required by Sections 13.4 and 13.5 hereof, and, subject to Section 7.1, shall be 

  

 - 64- 

 
fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the execution of such amended or supplemental
indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, (ii) no Event of Default shall occur as a result of the execution of such Officers’ Certificate or the delivery of such Opinion of Counsel and (iii) the amended or supplemental indenture
complies with the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE X.

  
 SUBORDINATION 
  
 Section 10.1. Notes Subordinated to Senior Debt. 
  
 The payment of all Obligations on or relating to the Notes is subordinated in
right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations on Senior Debt of the Issuers (including all Obligations with respect to the Credit Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments and distributions made relating to the
Notes pursuant to the trust established pursuant to Article VIII shall not be so subordinated in right of payment so long as the payments into the trust were made in accordance with the requirements established pursuant to ArticleVIII and did not
violate the subordination provisions when they were made. 
  
 Section 10.2.
Suspension of Payment When Senior Debt is in Default. 
  
 (a) The holders of Senior Debt will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt (including interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or other like proceeding at the rate
specified in the applicable Senior Debt whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding) before the Holders of Notes will be entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any
Obligations on, or relating to, the Notes in the event of any distribution to creditors of either of the Issuers: 
  
 (1) in a total or partial liquidation, dissolution or winding up of either of the Issuers; 
  
 (2) in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to either of the Issuers or its respective property; 
  
 (3) in an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or 
  
 (4) in any marshalling of either of the Issuers’ respective assets and liabilities. 
  
 (b) The Issuers also may not make any payment or distribution of any kind or
character with respect to any Obligations on, or relating to, the Notes or acquire any Notes for cash or property or otherwise if: 
  
 (1) a payment default on any Senior Debt occurs and is continuing; or 
  
 (2) any other default occurs and is continuing on Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of the
Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt. 
  
 (c) Payments on and distributions with respect to any Obligations on, or with
respect to, the Notes may and shall be resumed: 
  
 (1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived; and 
  
 (2) in case of a nonpayment default, the earliest of (x) the date on which all nonpayment defaults are cured or waived (so long as no
other event of default exists), (y) 180 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received or (z) the date on which the Trustee receives notice 

  

 - 65- 

 
from the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice, unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been
accelerated. 
  
 No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered
unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice. 
  
 (d) No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee (to the extent the holder
of Designated Senior Debt, or any trustee or agent therefor, giving such Payment Blockage Notice, had knowledge of such default at the time such Payment Blockage Notice was delivered) shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage
Notice unless such default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants for a period commencing after the date of
delivery of such initial Payment Blockage Notice that in either case would give rise to a default pursuant to any provisions under which a default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new default for this purpose). 
  
 The Issuers must promptly notify holders of Senior Debt if payment of the
Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default. 
  
 Section 10.3. Notes
Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Debt on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of the Issuers.  
  
 (a) Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuers of any kind or character, whether in cash, assets or securities, to creditors upon any total
or partial liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshaling of assets and liabilities of the Issuers or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding
relating to the Issuers or its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, all Obligations due or to become due upon all Senior Debt shall first be paid in full in cash or cash equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the
holders of Senior Debt, before any payment or distribution of any kind or character is made on account of any Obligations on or relating to the Notes, or for the acquisition of any of the Notes for cash or assets or otherwise. Upon any such
dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, receivership or similar proceeding, any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuer of any kind or character, whether in cash, assets or securities, to which the Holders or the Trustee under
this Indenture would be entitled, except for the provisions hereof, shall be paid by the Issuers or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Holders or by the
Trustee under this Indenture if received by them, directly to the holders of Senior Debt (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their respective Representatives, or to
the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of Senior Debt remaining unpaid until all such Senior Debt has been
paid in full in cash or cash equivalents after giving effect to any concurrent payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of Senior Debt. 
  

(b) To the extent any payment of Senior Debt (whether by or on behalf of the Issuers, as proceeds of security or enforcement of any right of setoff or
otherwise) is declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be paid to any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other similar Person under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, fraudulent
conveyance or similar law, then, if such payment is recovered by, or paid over to, such receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other similar Person, the Senior Debt or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be
deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred. 
  
 It is further agreed that any diminution (whether pursuant to court decree or otherwise, including without limitation for any of the reasons described in the preceding sentence) of the Issuer’s obligation to make
any distribution or payment pursuant to any Senior Debt, except to the extent such diminution occurs by reason of the repayment (which has not been disgorged or returned) of such Senior Debt in cash or cash equivalents, shall have no force or effect
for purposes of the subordination provisions contained in this Article X, with any turnover of payments as otherwise calculated pursuant to this Article X to be made as if no such diminution had occurred. 
  

 - 66- 

 (c) In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the
Issuers of any kind or character, whether in cash, assets or securities, shall be received by any Holder when such payment or distribution is prohibited by this Section 10.3, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of,
and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Debt (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amount of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their respective Representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under
any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of Senior Debt remaining unpaid until all such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or Cash
Equivalents, after giving effect to any concurrent payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of such Senior Debt. 
  
 (d) The consolidation of the Issuers with, or the merger of the Issuers with or into, another corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company
or the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuers following the conveyance or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets, to another corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company upon the terms and conditions provided in
Article V hereof and as long as permitted under the terms of the Senior Debt shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section 10.3 if such other corporation shall, as a part of such
consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, assume the Issuer’s obligations hereunder in accordance with Article V hereof. 
  
 Section 10.4. Payments May Be Made Prior to Dissolution. 
  
 Nothing contained in this Article X or elsewhere in this Indenture shall prevent (i) the Issuer, except under the conditions described in Sections 10.2
and 10.3, from making payments at any time for the purpose of making payments of principal of and interest on the Notes, or from depositing with the Trustee any moneys for such payments, or (ii) in the absence of actual knowledge by the Trustee that
a given payment would be prohibited by Section 10.2 or 10.3, the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it for the purpose of making such payments of principal of, and interest on, the Notes to the Holders entitled thereto unless at
least two Business Days prior to the date upon which such payment would otherwise become due and payable a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actually received the written notice provided for in Section 10.2(b) or (c) or in Section 10.7
(provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders receiving any payments made in contravention of Section 10.2 and/or 10.3 (and the respective such payments) shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2 and Section
10.3). The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuers, although any delay or failure to give any such notice shall have no effect on the subordination
provisions contained herein. 
  
 Section 10.5. Holders To Be Subrogated to
Rights of Holders of Senior Debt. 
  
 Subject to the payment
in full in cash or cash equivalents of all Senior Debt, the Holders of the Notes shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Debt to receive payments or distributions of cash, assets or securities of the Issuer applicable to the
Senior Debt until the Notes shall be paid in full; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no such payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt by or on behalf of the Issuer, or by or on behalf of the Holders by virtue of this
Article X, which otherwise would have been made to the Holders shall, as between the Issuer and the Holders, be deemed to be a payment by the Issuer to or on account of the Senior Debt, it being understood that the provisions of this Article X are
and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders, on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Debt, on the other hand. 
  

	Section	10.6. Obligations of the Issuer Unconditional. 

  
 Nothing contained in this Article X or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Notes is intended to or shall impair, as among the Issuer, its creditors
other than the holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders, the obligation of the Issuers, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders the principal of and any interest on the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable in
accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders and creditors of the Issuer other than the holders of the Senior Debt, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Holder of any Note or the
Trustee on its behalf from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, in respect of cash, assets or securities of the Issuer received upon the exercise of any such
remedy. 
  

 - 67- 

 Section 10.7. Notice to Trustee. 
  
 The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Issuers which would prohibit the making
of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Article X, although any delay or failure to give any such notice shall have no effect on the subordination provisions contained herein. Regardless of
anything to the contrary contained in this Article X or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any default or event of default with respect to any Senior Debt or of any other facts which
would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee unless and until the Trustee shall have received notice in writing from the Issuers, or from a holder of Senior Debt or a Representative therefor and, prior to the receipt of any such
written notice, the Trustee shall be entitled to assume (in the absence of actual knowledge to the contrary) that no such facts exist. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of any notice pursuant to this Section 10.7 to
establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee thereof). 
  
 In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that any evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this
Article X, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amounts of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution
and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article X, and if such evidence is not furnished the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such
payment. 
  
 Section 10.8. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of
Liquidating Agent.  
  
 Upon any payment or
distribution of assets of the Issuers referred to in this Article X, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VII hereof, and the Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent
jurisdiction in which any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or similar case or proceeding is pending, or upon a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee,
assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or the Holders, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the
holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Issuers, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article X. 
  
 Section 10.9. Trustee’s Relation to Senior Debt. 
  
 The Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee shall be entitled to
all the rights set forth in this Article X with respect to any Senior Debt which may at any time be held by it in its individual or any other capacity to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive
the Trustee or any such agent of any of its rights as such holder. 
  
 With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article X, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to
the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt. 
  
 Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders or owners of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made
and the notice may be given to their Representative, if any. 
  
 Section 10.10.
Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Issuers or Holders of Senior Debt. 
  
 No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as provided herein shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or
impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Issuer or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Issuers with the terms 

  

 - 68- 

 
of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with. 
  
 Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the
holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this
Article X or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of the Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or
otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise
securing Senior Debt; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Senior Debt; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Issuer and any other Person. 
  
 Section 10.11. Noteholders Authorize Trustee To Effectuate Subordination of Notes.

  
 Each Holder by its acceptance of them authorizes and expressly
directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, as between the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders, the subordination provided in this Article X, and appoints the Trustee its
attorney-in-fact for such purposes, including, in the event of any dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization or similar proceedings or upon an assignment for
the benefit of credits or otherwise) tending towards liquidation of the business and assets of the Issuer, the filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of its Notes and accrued interest in the form required in those proceedings. 
  
 If the Trustee does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form
required in such proceeding prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim or claims, then the holders of the Senior Debt or their Representative are or is hereby authorized to have the right to file and are or is hereby
authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of said Notes. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee or the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative to authorize or consent to or accept or
adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee or the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative to vote in
respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  
 Section 10.12.
This Article X Not To Prevent Events of Default. 
  
 The
failure to make a payment on account of principal of or interest on the Notes by reason of any provision of this Article X will not be construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default. 
  
 Section 10.13. Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced. 
  
 Nothing in this Article X will apply to amounts due to the Trustee (other
than payments of Obligation owing to Holders in respect of Notes) pursuant to other sections of this Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE XI. 
  
 GUARANTEE 
  
 Section 11.1. Unconditional Guarantee. 

 
 Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally guarantees (such guarantee to be
referred to herein as a “Guarantee”), on a senior subordinated basis jointly and severally, subordinated to Guarantor Senior Debt on the same basis as the Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt, to each Holder of a Note authenticated
and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that: (i) the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject
to any applicable grace period, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise and interest on the overdue principal, if 

  

 - 69 - 

 
any, and interest on any interest, to the extent lawful, of the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or
thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid
in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, to
the limitations set forth in Section 11.3. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to
enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, and action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise
constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require
a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and in this
Guarantee. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuers or any Guarantor, any amount
paid by the Issuers or any Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand,
and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition
preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and
payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee. 
  
 Section 11.2.
Severability. 
  
 In case any provision of this Guarantee
shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 Section 11.3. Limitation of Guarantor’s Liability. 
  
 Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that
the guarantee by such Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or
state law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and
fixed liabilities of each Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of each other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to Section 11.5, result
in the obligations of each Guarantor under the Guarantee not constituting such fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  

	Section	11.4. Release of Guarantor. 

  
 (a) The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released without any action on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of the
Notes: (1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including, without limitation, by way of merger or consolidation), if the Issuers apply the Net Cash Proceeds of that sale or
other disposition in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; (2) in connection with any sale of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor, if the Issuers apply the Net Cash Proceeds of that sale in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture; (3) if Morris Publishing designates that Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or (4) upon the payment in full of the Notes. 
  
 In addition, concurrently with any Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance,
the Guarantors shall be released from all of their Obligations under their respective applicable Guarantees. 
  

 - 70 - 

 (b) The Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release upon receipt of a request
by the Issuers accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying as to the compliance with this Section 11.4. 
  
 Section 11.5. Contribution. 
  
 In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Guarantors, the Guarantors agree, inter se, that in the event any payment or
distribution is made by any Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under the Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from all other Guarantors in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets (as
defined below) of each Guarantor (including the Funding Guarantor) for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Guarantor in discharging the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes or any other Guarantor’s
obligations with respect to the Guarantee. “Adjusted Net Assets” of such Guarantor at any date shall mean the lesser of the amount by which (x) the fair value of the property of such Guarantor exceeds the total amount of
liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), but excluding liabilities under the Guarantee, of such Guarantor at such date
and (y) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Guarantor at such date exceeds the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Guarantor on its debts (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent
liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), excluding debt in respect of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as they become absolute and matured. 
  
 Section 11.6. Waiver of Subrogation. 
  
 Until all Obligations are paid in full, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claims or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against
the Issuers that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration,
indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder against the Issuers, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right
to take or receive from the Issuers, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of
the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders, and shall, forthwith be paid to the
Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the
financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 11.6 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
  
 Section 11.7. Execution of Guarantee. 
  
 To evidence their guarantee to the Holders set forth in this Article XI, the Guarantors hereby agree to execute the Guarantee in substantially the form
attached hereto as Exhibit C, which shall be endorsed on each Note ordered to be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in this Article XI shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. Each such Guarantee shall be signed on behalf of each Guarantor by one of its authorized Officers prior to the authentication of the Note on which it is endorsed, and
the delivery of such Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of such Guarantee on behalf of such Guarantor. Such signatures upon the Guarantee may be by manual or facsimile signature of such
officers and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Guarantee, and in case any such officer who shall have signed the Guarantee shall cease to be such officer before the Note on which such Guarantee is endorsed shall have been authenticated
and delivered by the Trustee or disposed of by the Issuers, such Note nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed the Guarantee had not ceased to be such officer of the Guarantor. 
  

 - 71 - 

 Section 11.8. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. 
  
 Each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it
will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive each such Guarantor from performing its Guarantee
as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) each such Guarantor hereby expressly waives all
benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been
enacted. 
  
 ARTICLE XII. 
  
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
  
 Section 12.1. Satisfaction and Discharge. 
  
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect
(except as set forth below) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when: 
  
 (1) either: 
  
 (a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid as
provided in Section 2.7 and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation; or 
  
 (b) all Notes not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) will become due and payable within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and the Issuers have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the
entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuers directing the
Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
  
 (2) the Issuers have paid all other sums payable under this Indenture by Morris Publishing; and 
  
 (3) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
  
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
Issuers’ obligations in Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 2.7, 2.11, 7.7, 7.8, 13.2, 13.3 and 13.4, and the Trustee’s and Paying Agent’s obligations in Section 12.2 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding. Thereafter, only the
Issuers’ obligations in Section 7.7 shall survive. 
  
 Section 12.2.
Application of Trust. 
  
 All money deposited with the
Trustee pursuant to Section 12.1 shall be held in trust and, at the written direction of the Issuers, be invested prior to maturity in U.S. Government Securities, and applied by the 

  

 - 72 - 

 
Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for the payment of which money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required
by law. 
  
 ARTICLE XIII. 
  
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 Section 13.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
  

If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the TIA or another provision that would be required or deemed under such Act
to be part of and govern this Indenture if this Indenture were subject thereto, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the latter
provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be. 
  
 Section 13.2. Notices. 
  
 Any notice or communication by the Issuers or the Trustee to others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
  
 If to the Issuers: 
  
 Morris Publishing Group, LLC

 725 Broad Street 
 Augusta,
Georgia 30901 
 Attention: Craig S. Mitchell 
  
 With a copy to: 
  
 Hull, Towill, Norman, Barrett & Salley, P.C. 
 801 Broad Street, 7th Floor 
 Augusta, Georgia 30901 
 Attention: Mark S. Burgreen 
 Fax: (706) 722-9779 
  
 If to the Trustee: 
  
 Wachovia Bank, National Association 
 191 Peachtree Street, 23rd Floor 
 Atlanta,
Georgia 30303 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Department 
 Fax: (404) 332-5295 
  
 The
Issuers or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally
delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next
day delivery. 
  

 - 73 - 

 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered,
return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the
extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
  
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or
not the addressee receives it. 
  
 If the Issuers mail a notice or
communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  
 Section 13.3. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 
  
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the
Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  
 Section 13.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
  
 Upon any request or application by the Issuers and/or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, except upon the initial issuance of Notes hereunder, the Issuers and/or any Guarantor shall
furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (a) an Officers’
Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied;
and 
  
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
  

Section 13.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
  
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided
pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 
  
 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to
express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
  
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
  

	Section	13.6. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

  
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable
requirements for its functions. 
  

 - 74 - 

 Section 13.7. No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees, Members and Stockholders.

  
 No director, officer, employee or member of Morris Publishing,
Morris Finance, the Guarantors, Morris Communications or any Subsidiary of any of them, as such, will have any liability for any obligations under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of, those obligations or their creation. Each holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of each Note. That waiver
may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy. 
  

Section 13.8. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. 
  
 THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEES AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING
OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEES AND THE NOTES, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS AND THE
TRUSTEE IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT THAT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY
SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE TRUSTEE OR ANY HOLDER OF THE NOTES TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER
MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST THE ISSUERS OR ANY GUARANTOR IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. 
  

	Section	13.9. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

  
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of Morris Publishing or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.
Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  

	Section	13.10. Successors. 

  
 All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its
successors. 
  

	Section	13.11. Severability. 

  
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  

	Section	13.12. Counterpart Originals. 

  
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

  

 - 75 - 

 Section 13.13. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. 
  
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture, which have been
inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  
 Section 13.14. Qualification of Indenture. 
  

The Issuers shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay
all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees for the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and
the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuers any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA. 
  
 [Signatures on
following page] 
  

 -76- 

 SIGNATURES 
  

			
	MORRIS PUBLISHING GROUP, LLC
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name: Craig S. Mitchell
	 	 	Title: Vice President, Finance

  

			
	MORRIS PUBLISHING FINANCE CO.
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name: Craig S. Mitchell
	 	 	Title: Vice President, Finance

  

 -77- 

			
	 YANKTON PRINTING COMPANY
 BROADCASTER PRESS,
INC.
 THE SUN TIMES, LLC
 HOMER NEWS, LLC
 LOG CABIN DEMOCRAT, LLC
 ATHENS NEWSPAPERS, LLC
 SOUTHEASTERN NEWSPAPERS COMPANY, LLC
 STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS,
INC.
 FLORIDA PUBLISHING COMPANY
 FALL LINE PUBLISHING,
INC.
 THE BLUE SPRINGS EXAMINER, LLC
 THE EXAMINER OF
INDEPENDENCE, LLC
 THE NEWTON KANSAN, LLC
 OAK GROVE SHOPPER,
LLC
 THE OAK RIDGER, LLC
 MPG ALLEGAN PROPERTY, LLC
 MPG HOLLAND PROPERTY, LLC

  

			
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name: Craig S. Mitchell
	 	 	Title: Vice President, Finance

  

			
	SOUTHWESTERN NEWSPAPERS COMPANY, L.P.
		
	 	 	 
	By:	 	 Morris Publishing Group, LLC its
 General
Partner

  

			
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name: Craig S. Mitchell
	 	 	Title: Vice President, Finance

  

 -78- 

			
	 WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name: Eric Knoll
	 	 	Title: Assistant Vice President

  

 -79- 

 SCHEDULE A 
  
 GUARANTORS 
  

	
	 Yankton Printing Company

	 Broadcaster Press, Inc.

	 The Sun Times, LLC

	 Homer News, LLC

	 Log Cabin Democrat, LLC

	 Athens Newspapers, LLC

	 Southeastern Newspapers Company, LLC

	 Stauffer Communications, Inc.

	 Florida Publishing Company

	 Southwestern Newspapers Company, L.P.

	 Fall Line Publishing, Inc.

	 The Blue Springs Examiner, LLC

	 The Examiner of Independence, LLC

	 The Newton Kansan, LLC

	 Oak Grove Shopper, LLC

	 The Oak Ridger, LLC

	 MPG Allegan Property, LLC

	 MPG Holland Property, LLC

  

 EXHIBIT A 
  
 FORM OF SERIES A NOTE 
  
 (Face of Note) 
  
 MORRIS PUBLISHING GROUP, LLC 
 MORRIS PUBLISHING FINANCE CO. 
  
 7% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2013 
  
 [THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND
IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES
DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO ANYONE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY)
MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 
  
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]1 
  
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR
PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS
SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION
DATE”) THAT IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES WERE THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUERS OR ANY
OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS
BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR 

	1	To be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

 A-1 

 OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL
ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO
ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 
  

 A-2 

 MORRIS PUBLISHING GROUP, LLC 
 MORRIS PUBLISHING FINANCE CO. 
  
 7% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2013 
  

			
	 	 	CUSIP No.                     
	No.                         	 	$
                                    

  
 Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and
August 1 
 Record Dates: January 15 and July 15 
  
 MORRIS PUBLISHING GROUP, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (the “Company”), and MORRIS PUBLISHING FINANCE CO., a Georgia
corporation (“Morris Finance” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers,” which term includes any successor entity under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), as joint and several obligors, for value received,
promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of
                                     Dollars on August 1,
2013. 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of
this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as set forth at this place. 
  
 Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall
not be entitled to any benefits under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 
  
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 A-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this Note to be duly executed. 
  

			
	MORRIS PUBLISHING GROUP, LLC
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

  

			
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

  

			
	MORRIS PUBLISHING FINANCE CO.
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

  

			
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

  

			
	 This is one of the Notes referred to
 in the
within-mentioned Indenture:

	
	Dated:
	
	 WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Authorized Signatory

  

 A-4 

 (Back of Note) 
  
 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 1. Interest. The Issuers promise to pay interest on the principal
amount of this Note at the rate of 7% per annum from the date of original issuance until maturity and shall pay the additional interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred below. The Issuers will pay interest and additional
interest semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Note will accrue from the most recent
date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on
the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be February 1, 2004. The Issuers shall
pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue payments of the principal, Purchase Price and Redemption Price of this Note from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of
the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and additional interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) hereon
from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 2. Method of Payment. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and additional interest, if any, to the Persons who
are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 15 and July 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided
in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Any such installment of interest or additional interest, if any, not punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holders on such
Interest Payment Date, and may be paid to the registered Holders at the close of business on a special interest payment date to be fixed by the Trustee for the payment of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be given to the registered
Holders not less than 10 days prior to such special interest payment date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice
as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture. The Notes will be payable as to principal, Redemption Price, Purchase Price, interest and additional interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Issuers
maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and additional interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of
Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal, Redemption Price and Purchase Price of, and interest and additional interest (if any) on, all Global Notes and all
other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Trustee or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment
of public and private debts. 
  
 3. Paying Agent and
Registrar. Initially, Wachovia Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers may act in any
such capacity. 
  
 4. Indenture and Guarantees. The Issuers
are issuing the Notes on the Issue Date under an Indenture dated as of August 7, 2003 (the “Indenture”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made
part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such
terms. The Notes are general obligations of the Issuers. Payment on each Note is guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors pursuant to Article XI of the Indenture. 
  

 A-5 

 5. Optional Redemption. The Issuers may redeem any or all of the Notes at any time on or after
August 1, 2008, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof at the Redemption Prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) set forth below, if redeemed during the
12-month period beginning August 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Redemption Price

	 
	 2008
	  	103.500	%
	 2009
	  	102.333	%
	 2010
	  	101.167	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 in each case together with accrued and
unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed to the Redemption Date. 
  
 If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the particular Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed by lot, pro rata or by any other method the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. 
  
 6. Special Redemption. In the event of the completion of a Public
Equity Offering on or before August 1, 2006, the Issuers, at their option, may use the net cash proceeds from any such Public Equity Offering to redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Notes (a “Special Redemption”)
at a Redemption Price of 107.0% of the principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest (if any), to the date of redemption, provided, however, that at least 65% of the original principal amount of the Notes will remain
outstanding immediately after each such redemption; and provided, further, that each such redemption shall occur not more than 90 days after the date of the closing of the applicable Public Equity Offering. If less than all the Notes
are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the particular Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed by lot, only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures).

  
 7. Mandatory Redemption. Except as set forth in
Paragraph 9 below with respect to repurchases of Notes in certain events, the Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 8. Notice of Redemption. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, a notice of redemption will be mailed by
first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days (or 45 days in the case of mandatory redemption) before the Redemption Date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than
$1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

  
 9. Repurchase at Option of Holder. 
  
 (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Issuers shall be required to make an
offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a Purchase Price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued
and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall mail a notice to each Holder setting
forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
  
 (b) Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, on the 361st day after an Asset Sale (a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on
or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clause (3) of Section 4.10 of the Indenture (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by Morris Publishing or such Restricted Subsidiary to allow the
Issuers to make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, an offer to purchase to all holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a
Purchase Date not less than 30 nor more than 45 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders (and holders of any such Pari Passu Indebtedness) on a pro rata basis, that amount of Notes (and Pari Passu

  

 A-6 

 
Indebtedness) to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase. Each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the
record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 25 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds
Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 in exchange for cash. To the extent Holders properly tender Notes and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness properly tender such Indebtedness in an
amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate amounts of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (and the Trustee shall
select the tendered Notes of tendering Holders on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Notes tendered). A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days or such longer period as may be required by law.

  
 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in
registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among
other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note
or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed
or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  
 12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented
with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to provide for the issuance of additional Notes in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations
to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such
Holder, or to comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 13. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest or additional interest, if any,
on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of principal, Redemption Price or Purchase Price of the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption, repurchase or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to
purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer); (iii) failure by an Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with any covenant contained in the Indenture for 30 days after notice to such Issuer or such Guarantor by
the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding; (iv) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of Morris Publishing and certain of its Subsidiaries which default (a) is
caused by a failure to pay any amount due at the stated maturity thereof or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal
amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more and such failure shall not have been cured
or waived within 20 days thereof; (v) certain final judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days, provided that the aggregate of all such undischarged judgments exceeds $10.0 million; (vi) certain events
of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to Morris Publishing, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of Morris Publishing and (vii) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect or any Guarantee of a Significant
Subsidiary is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary is found to be invalid or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies its liability under its Guarantee (other than by reason of
release of a Guarantor in accordance with 

  

 A-7 

 
the terms of the Indenture). If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the entire principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, on the Notes shall become immediately due and
payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the
Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may
withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to payment on any Note) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the Notes may waive any existing or past Default or Event of Default under the Indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of, or interest on any Notes. The Issuers are required to deliver
to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

  
 14. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers. Subject to
certain limitations, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become owner or pledge of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates as if it were not Trustee. 
  
 15. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director,
manager, officer, employee, incorporator (or Person forming any limited liability company), agent, member or stockholder of the Issuers, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Notes, the Guarantees or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of
the Notes. 
  
 16. Authentication. This Note shall not be
valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
  
 17. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right
of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  
 18. Discharge Prior to Maturity. If the Issuers deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent cash or U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay the
principal or Redemption Price of, and interest and additional interest, if any, on, the Notes to maturity or a specified Redemption Date and satisfies certain conditions specified in the Indenture, the Issuers will be discharged from the Indenture,
except for certain Sections thereof. 
  
 19. Governing Law.
The Indenture, the Guarantees and this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law
of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. Each of the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York state court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York or any
federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture and the Notes, and irrevocably accept for itself and in respect of its property,
generally and unconditionally, jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each of the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, trial by jury and any objection
which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient
forum. Nothing herein shall affect the right of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Issuers or any Guarantor in any other
jurisdiction. 
  

 A-8 

 20. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security
Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of
such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or repurchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  
 21. Registration Rights. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers will be obligated upon the
occurrence of certain events to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Series A Note for the Issuers’ 7% Senior Notes due 2013, Series B, which have been registered under the
Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects as the Series A Notes. The Holders shall be entitled to receive certain additional interest payments in the event such exchange offer is not consummated and
upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Request may be made to: 
  
 Morris Publishing Group, LLC 
 725 Broad Street 
 Augusta, Georgia 30901 
 Attention: Craig S. Mitchell 
  

 A-9 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  
 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to 
  

 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

  

  

  

  

 (Print or type assignee’s name address and zip code) 
  
 and
irrevocably appoint
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
            
 agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute
another to act for him. 
  

					
	Date:
                                        
    	  	 	  	 
	 	  	Your Signature:	  	 
	 	 	 	 	

	 	  	 	  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

					
	 Signature Guarantee:
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                    

	                         (Participant in recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

  

 A-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
  
 If you wish to elect to have all or any portion of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 (“Net
Proceeds Offer”) or Section 4.15 (“Change of Control Offer”) of the Indenture, check the applicable boxes 
  

			
	  ̈        Net Proceeds Offer:
	  	  ̈        Change of Control Offer:

		
	            in
whole                 ̈
	  	            in
whole                 ̈

		
	            in
part                     ̈
	  	            in
part                     ̈

		
	            Amount to be
  purchased:
$                
	  	            Amount to be
  purchased:
$                

	 	  	 
	 Dated:
                                    
	  	 Signature:
                                        
                        

	 	  	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

	 Signature Guarantee:
                                        
                                        
                                        
                            

	            (Participant in recognized signature guarantee medallion
program)

	
	 Social Security Number or

	 Taxpayer Identification Number:
                                        
                                        
                                        
        

  

 A-11 

 EXHIBIT B 
  
 FORM OF SERIES B NOTE 
  
 (Face of Note) 
  
 MORRIS PUBLISHING GROUP, LLC 
 MORRIS PUBLISHING FINANCE CO. 
  
 7% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2013 
  
 [THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND
IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES
DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO ANYONE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY)
MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 
  
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]2 

	2	To be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

 B-1 

 MORRIS PUBLISHING GROUP, LLC 
 MORRIS PUBLISHING FINANCE CO. 
  
 7% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2013 
  

			
	 	  	CUSIP No.
                            
	 No.
                        
	  	 $                                     
         

  
 Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and
August 1 
 Record Dates: January 15 and July 15 
  
 MORRIS PUBLISHING GROUP, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (the “Company”), and MORRIS PUBLISHING FINANCE CO., a Georgia
corporation (“Morris Finance” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers,” which term includes any successor entity under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), as joint and several obligors, for value received,
promise to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of
                                 Dollars on August 1, 2013. 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as set forth at this place. 
  
 Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall
not be entitled to any benefits under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 
  
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 B-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this Note to be duly executed. 
  

			
	MORRIS PUBLISHING GROUP, LLC
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:
Title:

  

			
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:
Title:

  

			
	MORRIS PUBLISHING FINANCE CO.
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:
Title:

  

			
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:
Title:

  
 This is one of the Notes
referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  
 Dated: 
  

			
	 WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

	    as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Authorized Signatory:

  

 B-3 

 (Back of Note) 
  
 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 1. Interest. The Issuers promise to pay interest on the principal
amount of this Note at the rate of % per annum from the date of original issuance until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest and additional interest semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day,
on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance;
provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such
next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be February 1, 2004. The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue payments of the principal, Purchase Price and Redemption Price of this Note from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and additional interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) hereon from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 2. Method of Payment. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and additional interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 15 and July 15
next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Any such
installment of interest or additional interest, if any, not punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holders on such Interest Payment Date, and may be paid to the registered Holders at the close of
business on a special interest payment date to be fixed by the Trustee for the payment of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be given to the registered Holders not less than 10 days prior to such special interest payment date, or may be
paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.
The Notes will be payable as to principal, Redemption Price, Purchase Price, interest and additional interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the
option of the Issuers, payment of interest and additional interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will
be required with respect to principal, Redemption Price and Purchase Price of, and interest and additional interest (if any) on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Trustee
or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
  
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wachovia Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will
act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers may act in any such capacity. 
  

4. Indenture and Guarantees. The Issuers are issuing the Notes on the Issue Date under an Indenture dated as of August 7, 2003 (the
“Indenture”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C.
Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. The Notes are general obligations of the Issuers. Payment on each Note is guaranteed on a
senior subordinated basis, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors pursuant to Article XI of the Indenture. 
  
 5. Optional Redemption. The Issuers may redeem any or all of the Notes at any time on or after August 1, 2008, upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days’ prior notice in amounts of $1,000 or an integral 

  

 B-4 

 
multiple thereof at the Redemption Prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) set forth below, if redeemed during the 12-month period
beginning August 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

			
	 Year

	  	Redemption Price

	 2008
	  	103.500%
	 2009
	  	102.333%
	 2010
	  	101.167%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000%

  
 in each case together with accrued and
unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed to the Redemption Date. 
  
 If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the particular Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed by lot, pro rata or by any other method the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. 
  
 6. Special Redemption. In the event of the completion of a Public
Equity Offering on or before August 1, 2006, the Issuers, at their option, may use the net cash proceeds from any such Public Equity Offering to redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Notes (a “Special Redemption”)
at a Redemption Price of 107.0% of the principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest (if any), to the date of redemption, provided, however, that at least 65% of the original principal amount of the Notes will remain
outstanding immediately after each such redemption; and provided, further, that each such redemption shall occur not more than 90 days after the date of the closing of the applicable Public Equity Offering. If less than all the Notes
are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the particular Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed by lot, only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures).

  
 7. Mandatory Redemption. Except as set forth in
Paragraph 9 below with respect to repurchases of Notes in certain events, the Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 8. Notice of Redemption. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, a notice of redemption will be mailed by
first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days (or 45 days in the case of mandatory redemption) before the Redemption Date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than
$1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

  
 9. Repurchase at Option of Holder. 
  
 (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Issuers shall be required to make an
offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a Purchase Price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued
and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall mail a notice to each Holder setting
forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
  
 (b) Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, on the 361st day after an Asset Sale (a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on
or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clause (3) of Section 4.10 of the Indenture (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by Morris Publishing or such Restricted Subsidiary to allow the
Issuers to make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, an offer to purchase to all holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a
Purchase Date not less than 30 nor more than 45 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders (and holders of any such Pari Passu Indebtedness) on a pro rata basis, that amount of Notes (and Pari Passu
Indebtedness) to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase. Each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 25 days following 

  

 B-5 

 
the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Upon receiving notice of
the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 in exchange for cash. To the extent Holders properly tender Notes and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness properly tender such
Indebtedness in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate amounts of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (and
the Trustee shall select the tendered Notes of tendering Holders on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Notes tendered). A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days or such longer period as may be
required by law. 
  
 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.
The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require
a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of
Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  
 12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions,
the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the
Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be amended or
supplemented to provide for the issuance of additional Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to
provide for the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or
that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, or to comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. 

 
 13. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default
for 30 days in the payment when due of interest or additional interest, if any, on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of principal, Redemption Price or Purchase Price of the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon
redemption, repurchase or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer); (iii) failure by an Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with any covenant contained
in the Indenture for 30 days after notice to such Issuer or such Guarantor by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding; (iv) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness
of Morris Publishing and certain of its Subsidiaries which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay any amount due at the stated maturity thereof or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each
case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or the maturity of which has been so accelerated,
aggregates $10.0 million or more and such failure shall not have been cured or waived within 20 days thereof; (v) certain final judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days, provided that the aggregate
of all such undischarged judgments exceeds $10.0 million; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to Morris Publishing, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of Morris Publishing and (vii) any Guarantee of a Significant
Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect or any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary is found to be invalid or any Guarantor that is a
Significant Subsidiary denies its liability under its Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture). If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least
25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immedi- 

  

 B-6 

 
ately. Upon any such declaration, the entire principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, on the Notes shall become
immediately due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may
not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The
Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to payment on any Note) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of
a majority in principal amount of the Notes may waive any existing or past Default or Event of Default under the Indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of, or interest on any Notes. The Issuers are required
to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of
Default. 
  
 14. Trustee Dealings with Issuers.
Subject to certain limitations, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become owner or pledge of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates as if it were not Trustee. 
  
 15. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director,
manager, officer, employee, incorporator (or Person forming any limited liability company), agent, member or stockholder of the Issuers, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Notes, the Guarantees or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of
the Notes. 
  
 16. Authentication. This Note shall not be
valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
  
 17. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right
of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  
 18. Discharge Prior to Maturity. If the Issuers deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent cash or U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay the
principal or Redemption Price of, and interest and additional interest, if any, on, the Notes to maturity or a specified Redemption Date and satisfies certain conditions specified in the Indenture, the Issuers will be discharged from the Indenture,
except for certain Sections thereof. 
  
 19. Governing Law.
The Indenture, the Guarantees and this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law
of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. Each of the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York state court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York or any
federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture and the Notes, and irrevocably accept for itself and in respect of its property,
generally and unconditionally, jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each of the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, trial by jury and any objection
which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient
forum. Nothing herein shall affect the right of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Issuers or any Guarantor in any other
jurisdiction. 
  
 20. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a
recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.
No representation is made 

  

 B-7 

 
as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or repurchase and reliance may
be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  
 The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Request may be made to: 
  
 Morris Publishing Group, LLC 
 725 Broad Street 
 Augusta, Georgia 30901 
 Attention: Craig S. Mitchell 
  

 B-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  
 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to 
  

 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

  

  

  

  

 (Print or type assignee’s name address and zip code) 
  
 and irrevocably
appoint                                       
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
              
 agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may
substitute another to act for him. 
  

					
	Date:
                                        
    	  	 	  	 
			
	 	  	Your Signature:	  	 
	 	 	 	 	

	 	  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee:
	  	 
	 	 	

	 	  	(Participant in recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

  

 B-9 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
  
 If you wish to elect to have all or any portion of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 (“Net
Proceeds Offer”) or Section 4.15 (“Change of Control Offer”) of the Indenture, check the applicable boxes 
  

			
	  ̈        Net Proceeds Offer:
	  	  ̈        Change of Control Offer:

		
	            in
whole                 ̈
	  	            in
whole                 ̈

		
	            in
part                     ̈
	  	            in
part                     ̈

		
	            Amount to be
  purchased:
$                
	  	            Amount to be
  purchased:
$                

		
	 Dated:
                                    
	  	 Signature:
                                        
                                

	 	  	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the
 other side of this Note)

	
	 Signature Guarantee:
                                        
                                        
                                        
                            

	            (Participant in recognized signature guarantee medallion
program)

	
	 Social Security Number or

	 Taxpayer Identification Number:
                                        
                                        
                                        
        

  

 B-10 

 EXHIBIT C 
  
 GUARANTEE 
  
 For value received, the undersigned hereby unconditionally guarantees, as principal obligor and not only as a surety, to the Holder of this Note the cash
payments in United States dollars of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note (and including additional interest payable thereon) in the amounts and at the times when due and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if any, and
interest, if any, of this Note, if lawful, and the payment or performance of all other Obligations of the Issuers under the Indenture (as defined below) or the Note, to the Holder of this Note and the Trustee, all in accordance with and subject to
the terms and limitations of this Note, Article XI of the Indenture and this Guarantee. This Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Article XI of the Indenture and its terms shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of
this Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture dated as of August 7, 2003, among Morris
Publishing Group, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (the “Company”) and Morris Publishing Finance Co., a Georgia corporation (“Morris Finance” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”),
as joint and several obligors, each of the Guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) (as amended or supplemented, the “Indenture”). 
  
 THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. Each Guarantor hereby agrees to submit to the
jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guarantee. 
  
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 C-1 

 This Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture. 
  

			
	 YANKTON PRINTING COMPANY
 BROADCASTER PRESS,
INC.
 THE SUN TIMES, LLC
 HOMER NEWS, LLC
 LOG CABIN DEMOCRAT, LLC
 ATHENS NEWSPAPERS, LLC
 SOUTHEASTERN NEWSPAPERS COMPANY, LLC
 STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 FLORIDA PUBLISHING COMPANY
 FALL LINE PUBLISHING, INC.
 THE BLUE SPRINGS EXAMINER, LLC
 THE EXAMINER OF INDEPENDENCE, LLC
 THE NEWTON KANSAN, LLC
 OAK GROVE SHOPPER, LLC
 THE OAK RIDGER, LLC
 MPG ALLEGAN PROPERTY, LLC
 MPG HOLLAND PROPERTY, LLC

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name: Craig S. Mitchell

	 	 	 Title:   Vice President, Finance

	
	SOUTHWESTERN NEWSPAPERS COMPANY, L.P.
		
	By:	 	 Morris Publishing Group, LLC its
 General Partner

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name: Craig S. Mitchell

	 	 	 Title:   Vice President, Finance

  

 C-2 

 EXHIBIT D(1) 
  
 FORM OF REGULATION S CERTIFICATE 
  
                 ,             
  
 Wachovia Bank, National Association 
 191 Peachtree Street, 23rd Floor 
 Atlanta, Georgia 30303 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Department 
  

	 	Re:	Morris Publishing Group, LLC and Morris Publishing Finance Co. (the “Issuers”) 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”)

  
 Dear Sirs: 
  
 This letter relates to U.S. $
             principal amount at maturity of Notes represented by a certificate (the “Legended Certificate”) which bears a legend outlining restrictions upon
transfer of such Legended Certificate. Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of August 7, 2003 relating to the Notes, we hereby certify that we are (or we will hold such securities on behalf of) a
person outside the United States to whom the Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 You and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy
hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S). 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	 [Name of Holder]

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Authorized Signature

  

 D(1)-1 

 EXHIBIT D(2) 
  
 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED 
 UPON
EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF NOTES 
  
                 ,              
  
 Wachovia Bank, National Association 
 191 Peachtree Street, 23rd Floor 
 Atlanta, Georgia 30303 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Department 
  

	 	Re:	Morris Publishing Group, LLC and Morris Publishing Finance Co. (the “Issuers”) 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”)

  
 Dear Sirs: 
  
 This Certificate relates to $
             principal amount of Notes held in *         book-entry or *         
certificated form by                 (the “Transferor”). 
  

The Transferor:* 
  
  ̈ has requested the Trustee by written order to
deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in certificated, registered form of authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global
Note (or the portion thereof indicated above); or 
  
  ̈ has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 
  
 In connection with such request and in respect of each such Note, the
Transferor does hereby certify that Transferor is familiar with the Indenture relating to the above captioned Notes and as provided in Section 2.6 of such Indenture, the transfer of this Note does not require registration under the Securities Act
(as defined below) because:* 
  
  ̈ Such Note is being acquired for the Transferor’s own account, without transfer. 
  
  ̈ Such Note is
being transferred to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) in reliance on Rule 144A. 
  
  ̈ Such Note is being transferred to an “Accredited Investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) in accordance with Regulation D under the Securities Act.

	*	Check applicable box 

  

 D(2)-1 

  ̈ Such Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
  
  ̈ Such Note is being transferred in accordance
with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 
  
  ̈ Such Note is being transferred in reliance on
and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, other than Rule 144A, 144 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act. An Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer does not require registration under
the Securities Act accompanies this Certificate. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	 
	

	 [INSERT NAME OF TRANSFEROR]

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  
 Date:
                 
  

 D(2)-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE 
 DELIVERED
IN CONNECTION WITH 
 TRANSFERS TO NON QIB ACCREDITED INVESTORS 
  
                 ,             
  
 Wachovia Bank, National Association 
 191 Peachtree Street, 23rd Floor 
 Atlanta, Georgia 30303 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Department 
  

	 	Re:	Morris Publishing Group, LLC and Morris Publishing Finance Co. (the “Issuers”) 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”)

  
 Dear Sirs: 
  
 In connection with our proposed purchase of 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2013 (the “Notes”) of the Issuers, we confirm that: 
  
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture dated as of August 7, 2003 relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”) and the undersigned
agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
  
 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities
Act or any other applicable securities law, and that the Notes may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as
hereinafter stated, that if we should offer, sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any Notes within two years after the original issuance of the Notes, we will do so only (A) to the Issuers or any subsidiary thereof, (B) inside
the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer,
furnishes to you a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter, (D) outside the United States to a foreign person in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from registration
provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available) (F) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities, or (G) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we
further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein and in the Indenture. 
  
 3. We understand that, on any proposed transfer of any Notes prior to the later of the original issue date of the Securities
and the last date the Notes were held by an affiliate of the Issuers pursuant to paragraphs 2(C), 2(D) and 2(E) above, we will be required to furnish to you and the Issuers such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the
Issuers may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed transfer complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
  
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined
in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for
which we are acting 

  

 E-1 

 
are acquiring the Notes for investment purposes and not with a view to, or offer of sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities
Act, and we are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
  
 5. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment
discretion. 
  
 You and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this
letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,
 (Name of
Transferee)

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Authorized Signature

  

 E-2 

 EXHIBIT F 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED 
 IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS 
 PURSUANT TO REGULATION S 
  
                 ,
             
  
 Wachovia Bank, National Association 
 191 Peachtree Street, 23rd Floor 
 Atlanta, Georgia 30303 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Department 
  

	 	Re:	Morris Publishing Group, LLC and Morris Publishing Finance Co. (the “Issuers”) 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”)

  
 Dear Sirs: 
  
 In connection with our proposed sale of
$             aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, and, accordingly, we represent that: 
  
 (1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 
  
 (2) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf
reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States; 
  
 (3) no directed selling efforts have been made by us in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 
  
 (4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade
the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of 1913. 
  
 You and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the
matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	[Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Authorized Signature

  

 F-1Registration Rights Agreement dated August 7, 2003

 EXHIBIT 4.2 
  

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated August 7, 2003 (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and among Morris Publishing Group, LLC, a
Georgia limited liability company (the “Company”), Morris Publishing Finance Co., a Georgia corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the guarantors listed
in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Guarantors”), and the several Initial Purchasers listed in Schedule 2 hereto (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. is acting as representative (the
“Representative”). 
  
 The Issuers, the
Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers are parties to the Purchase Agreement dated July 29, 2003 (the “Purchase Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Issuers to the Initial Purchasers of $250,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of the Issuers’ 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”), which will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by each of the Guarantors (the “Guarantees,” and together with the
Notes, the “Securities”). As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Issuers and the Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the
registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows: 
  
 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 
  
 “Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday,
Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed. 
  
 “Closing Date” shall mean the Closing Date as defined in the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble
to this Agreement and shall also include the Company’s successors. 
  
 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. 
  
 “Exchange Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the
Issuers and the Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean an
exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all 

  

 
amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and any document
incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Exchange
Securities” shall mean senior subordinated notes issued by the Issuers and guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to
restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 
  
 “Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the
preamble to this Agreement and shall also include any Guarantor’s successors. 
  
 “Holders” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of
Registrable Securities under the Indenture, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers. 
  
 “Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the
preamble to this Agreement. 
  
 “Indenture” shall
mean the Indenture relating to the Securities dated as of August 7, 2003 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as trustee, and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

  
 “Issuers” shall have the meaning set forth in
the preamble to this Agreement and shall also include the Issuers’ successors. 
  
 “Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Registrable Securities; provided, however, that whenever the consent or approval
of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates shall not be counted as outstanding in determining whether such consent
or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount. 
  
 “Participating Broker-Dealers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. 
  
 “Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a
government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 
  
 “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supple- 

  

 2 

 
mented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities
covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. 
  
 “Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided
that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to
such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities are eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the Securities Act or (iii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding.

  
 “Registration Expenses” shall mean any and
all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Issuers and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) all SEC, stock exchange or National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. registration and filing fees,
(ii) all reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of
any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any amendments or supplements
thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements
relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuers and the Guarantors and, in the case of a
Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) and (viii) the fees and
disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Issuers and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but
excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of
Registrable Securities by a Holder. 
  
 “Registration
Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Issuers and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any
such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein. 
  

 3 

 “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended from time to time. 
  
 “Shelf Effectiveness
Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 “Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Issuers and the Guarantors that covers all
the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be covered by such Shelf Registration Statement) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar
Rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated
by reference therein. 
  
 “Trust Indenture Act”
shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time. 
  
 “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture. 
  
 “Underwriter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof. 
  
 “Underwritten Offering” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter
for reoffering to the public. 
  
 2. Registration Under the
Securities Act. (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable laws, rules or regulations or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to (i) cause to be filed
an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and (ii) have such Registration Statement remain effective until 180 days after the closing of the Exchange
Offer. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later
than 60 days after such effective date. 
  
 The Issuers and the
Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law:

  

	 	(i)	that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

  

 4 

	 	(ii)	the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed or longer if required by applicable laws, rules or
regulations or otherwise extended by the Issuers, at their option) (each, an “Exchange Date”); 

  

	 	(iii)	that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement; 

  

	 	(iv)	that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to surrender such Registrable Security, together with the
appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) and in the manner specified in the notice, prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

  

	 	(v)	that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election to have its Registrable Securities exchanged in the Exchange Offer, not later than the close of business on the last
Exchange Date, by sending to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the
principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged. 

  
 As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Issuers and the
Guarantors that (i) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to
participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under Securities
Act) of the Issuers or any Guarantor and (iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading
activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. 
  
 As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall 
  

	 	(i)	accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and 

  

 5 

	 	(ii)	deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Issuers and issue, and cause the
Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities surrendered by such Holder. 

  
 The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to
complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be
subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. 
  
 (b) In the event that (i) the Issuers and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not
available or may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable laws, rules or regulations or applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any
other reason completed by May 3, 2004 or (iii) upon completion of the Exchange Offer any Initial Purchaser shall so request in connection with any offering or sale of Registrable Securities not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the
Exchange Offer and held by it following the consummation of the Exchange Offer (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) of this sentence, a “Shelf Filing Event”), the Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their
reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to
have such Shelf Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC. 
  
 In the event that the Issuers and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to file and have
declared effective by the SEC both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer. 
  

The Issuers and the Guarantors agree to use their reasonable best efforts to have the Shelf Registration Statement declared effective on or prior to
the 90th day, or if that day is not a Business Day then the next Business Day, following any Shelf Filing Event (but in no event prior to 180 days following the Closing Date) and to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until
the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act with respect to the Registrable Securities or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement
have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (the “Shelf Effectiveness Period”). The Issuers and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus if
required by the rules, regulations or in- 

  

 6 

 
structions applicable to the registration form used by the Issuers for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and
regulations thereunder for shelf registration or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their reasonable best efforts to cause any such amendment to become
effective and such Shelf Registration Statement and Prospectus to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Issuers and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment
promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC. 
  
 In the
case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Issuers such information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the
Issuers and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing. No Holder of Registrable Securities may include any of its Registrable Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such
Holder furnishes to the Issuers in writing such information within 15 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor. Each Holder of Registrable Securities as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly
to the Issuers all information required to be disclosed in order to make information previously furnished to the Issuers by such Holder not materially misleading. No Holder of Registrable Securities who violates these covenants shall be entitled to
the liquidated damages provided for pursuant to Section 2(e). 
  
 (c) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the each registration pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer
taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 (d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be
deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC. 
  
 (e) Each of Issuers and each of the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders will suffer damages if the Issuers fail to fulfill their obligations under this Section 2 and that it would not be feasible to ascertain
the extent of such damages with precision. Accordingly, the Issuers agree: 
  
 (i) in the event that either the Exchange Offer is not completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is not declared effective on or prior to May 3, 2004 (the “Target Registration
Date”), the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by (a) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the Target Registration Date and (b) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each
subsequent 90-day period, in each case until the Exchange Offer is completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is declared effective by the SEC or the Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act, up to a maximum
of 1.00% per annum of additional interest; and 
  

 7 

 (ii) if the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective and thereafter either ceases to be
effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 30 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period,
then the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 1.00% per annum commencing on the 31st day
in such 12-month period and ending on such date that the Shelf Registration Statement has again been declared effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable or at the end of the Shelf Effectiveness Period. 
  
 Upon the occurrence of either such event referred to in clauses (i) and (ii)
above, (each a “Registration Default”), liquidated damages in the form of additional cash interest (the “Liquidated Damages”) will accrue on the affected Notes and the affected Exchange Notes, as applicable.

  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Holder of Notes or Exchange
Notes who is not entitled to the benefits of a Shelf Registration Statement shall not be entitled to Liquidated Damages with respect to a Registration Default that pertains to such Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 The Company shall notify the Trustee within one Business Day after each and
every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Liquidated Damages are required to be paid (each, an “Event Date”). Any amounts of Liquidated Damages due pursuant to this Section 2 will be payable in addition to any other
interest payable from time to time with respect to the Registrable Securities in cash semi-annually on the interest payment dates specified in the Indenture (to the Holders of records as specified in the Indenture), commencing with the first such
interest payment date occurring after any such Event Date. The amount of Liquidated Damages will be determined in a manner consistent with the calculation of interest under the Indenture. 
  
 (f) Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Issuers and the Guarantors
acknowledge that any failure by the Issuers or the Guarantors to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no
adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce
the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 3. Registration Procedures. In connection with their obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Issuers and the Guarantors
shall as expeditiously and as soon as possible (following the availability of audited 2003 financial statements): 
  
 (a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the
Issuers and the Guarantors, (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and (z) shall comply 

  

 8 

 
as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed
therewith; and use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof; 
  
 (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective
amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus
supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions
by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities; 
  
 (c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for such Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of
Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto as they may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of
the Registrable Securities thereunder; and the Issuers and the Guarantors consent to the use of such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and
any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law; 
  
 (d) use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable
Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement
is declared effective by the SEC; cooperate with the Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or
advisable to enable each Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided that none of the Issuers or any Guarantor shall be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or
other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself or an affiliate to
taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject as of the date of this Agreement; 
  
 (e) in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities, counsel for such Holders and counsel for the Initial Purchasers promptly and, if requested by any such Holder or counsel, confirm
such advice in writing (i) when a Shelf Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, (ii) of any request 

  

 9 

 
by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Shelf Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information
after the Shelf Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for
that purpose, (iv) if, between the effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Issuers or any Guarantor contained in any
underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if any of the Issuers or any Guarantor receives
any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event during the period a Shelf
Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Shelf Registration Statement or
Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (vi) of any determination by any of the Issuers or any Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Shelf Registration Statement would be appropriate; 
  
 (f) use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order
suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment and provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order; 
  
 (g) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one
conformed copy of each Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested); 
  
 (h) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders
of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such
denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as the selling Holders may reasonably request at least one Business Day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities; 
  
 (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event
contemplated by Section 3(e)(v) hereof, use their reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by
reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Issuers and the Guarantors shall notify the Holders of Registrable 

  

 10 

 
Securities to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Holders hereby agree to suspend use of
the Prospectus until the Issuers and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission; 
  
 (j) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or
supplement to a Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and their
counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, to the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel) and make such of the representatives of the Issuers and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial
Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities or their counsel) available for discussion of such document; provided, however, that if any such information is identified
by the Issuers or any Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information to the extent such action is
otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of any Initial Purchaser, Holder or Underwriter; and the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration
Statement, file any Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers and
their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the
case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders or their counsel) shall object; 
  
 (k) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement; 
  
 (l) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in
connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in
accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed
with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; 
  
 (m) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of the Registrable Securities (an “Inspector”), any Underwriter participating in any
disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and attorneys and accountants designated by the Holders, at reasonable times 

  

 11 

 
and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Issuers and the Guarantors, and cause the respective
officers, directors and employees of the Issuers and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however,
that if any such information is identified by the Issuers or any Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such
information to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of any Inspector, Holder or Underwriter; 
  
 (n) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed
on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which similar securities issued or guaranteed by any of the Issuers or any Guarantor are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Registrable Securities
satisfy applicable listing requirements; 
  
 (o) if reasonably
requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be
included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Issuers have received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such filing; and 
  
 (p) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements
and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable
Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (i) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the
business of the Company and its subsidiaries, the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers
to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuers and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to
the Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (iii) obtain
“comfort” letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other certified public accountant of any subsidiary of the Issuers or any Guarantor, or of any business acquired
by the Issuers or any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in
customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings and 

  

 12 

 
(iv) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities
being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Issuers and the Guarantors made pursuant to clause (i) above and to
evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement. 
  
 In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuers and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in
Section 3(e)(iii) or 3(e)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus
contemplated by Section 3(i) hereof and, if so directed by the Issuers and the Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Issuers and the Guarantors all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s
possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice. 
  
 If the Issuers and the Guarantors shall give any such notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement,
the Issuers and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which the Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice
to and including the date when the Holders shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Issuers and the Guarantors may give any such notice only twice during any 365-day period and
any such suspensions shall not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there shall not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365-day period. 
  
 The Holders of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an
Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers (the “Underwriters”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of the
Registrable Securities included in such offering. No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in
any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the
terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
  

 13 

 4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer. (a) The staff of the SEC has taken the
position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a
“Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Securities. 
  
 The Issuers and the Guarantors
understand that it is the SEC staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating
Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their
prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act. 
  
 (b) In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this
Agreement, the Issuers and the Guarantors agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as would otherwise be contemplated by Section 3(i), for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange
Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 3 of this Agreement), if requested by the Initial Purchasers or by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of
any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. The Issuers and the Guarantors further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such
Prospectus during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4. 
  
 (c) The Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to any Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above. 
  

 14 

 5. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) Each Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally,
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each a “Participant”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred in
connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
any Registration Statement or any Prospectus or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any
information relating to any Initial Purchaser or any Holder furnished to the Issuers in writing through the Representative or any selling Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however that (i) the foregoing indemnity shall not be
available to any Participant insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities resulted from an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission are made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such
Participant furnished to the Issuers in writing by or on behalf of such Participant expressly for use therein and (ii) with respect to any such untrue statement or omission made in any Prospectus, the indemnity contained in this Section 5(a) (to the
extent and only to the extent that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities resulted from an untrue statement or omission described in clause (2) below) shall not inure to the benefit of a Participant if it shall be established that both (1) a
copy of the amended or supplemented Prospectus was not sent or given by such Participant to the Person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities and such Participant was required by law to so send or give such Prospectus to such
Person and (2) the untrue statement or omission in the Prospectus was corrected in the amended or supplemented Prospectus, unless, in either case, such failure to deliver on a timely basis the amended or supplemented Prospectus was a result of
noncompliance by an Issuer with any of its covenants or obligations in this Agreement. 
  
 In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities
industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the
indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement. 
  
 (b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, their respective affiliates, the directors of the
Issuers and the Guarantors, each officer of the Issuers and the Guarantors who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Issuers, the Guarantors, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning
of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to 

  

 15 

 
the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or
are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Issuers in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any
Registration Statement and any Prospectus. 
  
 (c) If any suit,
action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person
(the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided, however, that the failure to notify the
Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under this Section 5 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and
provided further, however, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under this Section 5. If any such proceeding shall be
brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any
others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such
proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have
mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be
legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the
Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any
proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as
they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by the Representative, (y) for any Holder, its
affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Issuers. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable
for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any
loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of
counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its 

  

 16 

 
written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying
Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending
or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such
Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault,
culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person. 
  
 (d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each
Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuers and the Guarantors from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange
Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in
clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Issuers and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other
relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Issuers and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuers and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to
correct or prevent such statement or omission. 
  
 (e) The
Issuers, the Guarantors and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose)
or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities
referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of
this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder
has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled
to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. 
  

 17 

 (f) The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or
remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity. 
  
 (g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on
behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder, their respective affiliates or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Issuers or the Guarantors, their respective affiliates or the officers or directors
of or any Person controlling the Issuers or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 6. General. 
  
 (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuers and the Guarantors
represent, warrant and agree that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by any of the
Issuers or any Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) none of the Issuers nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders
of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. 
  
 (b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions
hereof may not be given unless the Issuers and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification,
supplement, waiver or consent; provided, however, that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable
Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto. 
  
 (c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Issuers by
means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Issuers and the Guarantors, initially
at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as
provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications 

  

 18 

 
shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage
prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other
communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture. 
  
 (d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the
parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable
Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held
subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person
shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Issuers or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any
breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement. 
  
 (e) Purchases and Sales of Securities. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall not, and shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause their affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) not to,
purchase and then resell or otherwise transfer (to any person other than an affiliate) any Registrable Securities. 
  
 (f) Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Issuers and the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other
Holders hereunder. 
  
 (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may
be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

 
 (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
  
 (i) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. 
  
 (j) Miscellaneous. This Agreement contains the entire agreement
between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements 

  

 19 

 
and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or
invalidated. The Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to
that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions. 
  

 20 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

			
	 MORRIS PUBLISHING GROUP, LLC

		
	By	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Title:

  

			
	 MORRIS PUBLISHING FINANCE CO.

		
	By	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Title:

  

			
	 YANKTON PRINTING COMPANY
 BROADCASTER PRESS, INC.
 THE SUN TIMES, LLC
 HOMER NEWS, LLC
 LOG CABIN DEMOCRAT, LLC
 ATHENS NEWSPAPERS, LLC
 SOUTHEASTERN NEWSPAPERS COMPANY, LLC
 STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 FLORIDA PUBLISHING COMPANY
 FALL LINE PUBLISHING, INC.
 THE BLUE SPRINGS EXAMINER, LLC
 THE EXAMINER OF INDEPENDENCE, LLC
 THE NEWTON KANSAN, LLC
 OAK GROVE SHOPPER, LLC
 THE OAK RIDGER, LLC
 MPG ALLEGAN PROPERTY, LLC
 MPG HOLLAND PROPERTY, LLC

		
	By	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Title:

  

 21 

			
	 SOUTHWESTERN NEWSPAPERS COMPANY, L.P.

		
	By:	 	Morris Publishing Group, LLC its General Partner
	 	 	 

  

			
		
	By	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Title:

  

 22 

			
	Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:
	
	 J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

	
	 For itself and on behalf of the several Initial Purchasers

		
	By	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  

 23 

 Schedule 1 
  
 GUARANTORS 
  
 Yankton Printing Company 
 Broadcaster Press, Inc. 
 The Sun Times, LLC 
 Homer News, LLC 
 Log Cabin Democrat, LLC 
 Athens Newspapers, LLC 
 Southeastern Newspapers Company, LLC 
 Stauffer Communications, Inc.

 Florida Publishing Company 
 Southwestern Newspapers Company,
L.P. 
 Fall Line Publishing, Inc. 
 The Blue Springs Examiner,
LLC 
 The Examiner of Independence, LLC 
 The Newton Kansan, LLC

 Oak Grove Shopper, LLC 
 The Oak Ridger, LLC 
 MPG Allegan Property, LLC 
 MPG Holland Property, LLC 
  

 24 

 Schedule 2 
  
 INITIAL PURCHASERS 
  
 J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 
 Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC 
 BNY Capital Markets, Inc. 
 Fleet Securities, Inc. 
 McDonald Investments Inc. 
 Sun Trust Capital Markets, Inc. 
 Stephens Inc. 
  

 25

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00060-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00060-of-00352.parquet"}]]